Title: Jerry of the Islands
Subject:
Author: Jack London
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
Jerry of the Islands
Jack London
Page No 2
Table of Contents
Jerry of the Islands.............................................................................................................................................1
Jerry of the Islands
i
Page No 3
Jerry of the Islands
Jack London
Foreward
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
Chapter XIII
Chapter XIV
Chapter XV
Chapter XVI
Chapter XVII
Chapter XVIII
Chapter XIX
Chapter XX
Chapter XXI
Chapter XXII
Chapter XXIII
Chapter XXIV
FOREWORD
It is a misfortune to some fictionwriters that fiction and unveracity in the average person's mind mean one
and the same thing. Several years ago I published a South Sea novel. The action was placed in the Solomon
Islands. The action was praised by the critics and reviewers as a highly creditable effort of the imagination.
As regards realitythey said there wasn't any. Of course, as every one knew, kinkyhaired cannibals no
longer obtained on the earth's surface, much less ran around with nothing on, chopping off one another's
heads, and, on occasion, a white man's head as well.
Now listen. I am writing these lines in Honolulu, Hawaii. Yesterday, on the beach at Waikiki, a stranger
spoke to me. He mentioned a mutual friend, Captain Kellar. When I was wrecked in the Solomons on the
blackbirder, the Minota, it was Captain Kellar, master of the blackbirder, the Eugenie, who rescued me. The
blacks had taken Captain Kellar's head, the stranger told me. He knew. He had represented Captain Kellar's
Jerry of the Islands 1
Page No 4
mother in settling up the estate.
Listen. I received a letter the other day from Mr. C. M. Woodford, Resident Commissioner of the British
Solomons. He was back at his post, after a long furlough to England, where he had entered his son into
Oxford. A search of the shelves of almost any public library will bring to light a book entitled, "A Naturalist
Among the Head Hunters." Mr. C. M. Woodford is the naturalist. He wrote the book.
To return to his letter. In the course of the day's work he casually and briefly mentioned a particular job he
had just got off his hands. His absence in England had been the cause of delay. The job had been to make a
punitive expedition to a neighbouring island, and, incidentally, to recover the heads of some mutual friends of
oursa whitetrader, his white wife and children, and his white clerk. The expedition was successful, and
Mr. Woodford concluded his account of the episode with a statement to the effect: "What especially struck
me was the absence of pain and terror in their faces, which seemed to express, rather, serenity and
repose"this, mind you, of men and women of his own race whom he knew well and who had sat at dinner
with him in his own house.
Other friends, with whom I have sat at dinner in the brave, rollicking days in the Solomons have since passed
outby the same way. My goodness! I sailed in the teakbuilt ketch, the Minota, on a blackbirding cruise to
Malaita, and I took my wife along. The hatchetmarks were still raw on the door of our tiny stateroom
advertising an event of a few months before. The event was the taking of Captain Mackenzie's head, Captain
Mackenzie, at that time, being master of the Minota. As we sailed in to LangaLanga, the British cruiser, the
Cambrian, steamed out from the shelling of a village.
It is not expedient to burden this preliminary to my story with further details, which I do make asseveration I
possess aplenty. I hope I have given some assurance that the adventures of my dog hero in this novel are
real adventures in a very real cannibal world. Bless you!when I took my wife along on the cruise of the
Minota, we found on board a niggerchasing, adorable Irish terrier puppy, who was smoothcoated like
Jerry, and whose name was Peggy. Had it not been for Peggy, this book would never have been written. She
was the chattel of the Minota's splendid skipper. So much did Mrs. London and I come to love her, that Mrs.
London, after the wreck of the Minota, deliberately and shamelessly stole her from the Minota's skipper. I do
further admit that I did, deliberately and shamelessly, compound my wife's felony. We loved Peggy so! Dear
royal, glorious little dog, buried at sea off the east coast of Australia!
I must add that Peggy, like Jerry, was born at Meringe Lagoon, on Meringe Plantation, which is of the Island
of Ysabel, said Ysabel Island lying next north of Florida Island, where is the seat of government and where
dwells the Resident Commissioner, Mr. C. M. Woodford. Still further and finally, I knew Peggy's mother and
father well, and have often known the warm surge in the heart of me at the sight of that faithful couple
running side by side along the beach. Terrence was his real name. Her name was Biddy.
JACK LONDON
WAIKIKI BEACH,
HONOLULU, OAHU, T.H.
June 5, 1915
CHAPTER I
Not until Mister Haggin abruptly picked him up under one arm and stepped into the sternsheets of the waiting
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 2
Page No 5
whaleboat, did Jerry dream that anything untoward was to happen to him. Mister Haggin was Jerry's beloved
master, and had been his beloved master for the six months of Jerry's life. Jerry did not know Mister Haggin
as "master," for "master" had no place in Jerry's vocabulary, Jerry being a smoothcoated, goldensorrel Irish
terrier.
But in Jerry's vocabulary, "Mister Haggin" possessed all the definiteness of sound and meaning that the word
"master" possesses in the vocabularies of humans in relation to their dogs. "Mister Haggin" was the sound
Jerry had always heard uttered by Bob, the clerk, and by Derby, the foreman on the plantation, when they
addressed his master. Also, Jerry had always heard the rare visiting twolegged mancreatures such as came
on the Arangi, address his master as Mister Haggin.
But dogs being dogs, in their dim, inarticulate, brilliant, and heroicworshipping ways misappraising
humans, dogs think of their masters, and love their masters, more than the facts warrant. "Master" means to
them, as "Mister" Haggin meant to Jerry, a deal more, and a great deal more, than it means to humans. The
human considers himself as "master" to his dog, but the dog considers his master "God."
Now "God" was no word in Jerry's vocabulary, despite the fact that he already possessed a definite and fairly
large vocabulary. "Mister Haggin" was the sound that meant "God." In Jerry's heart and head, in the
mysterious centre of all his activities that is called consciousness, the sound, "Mister Haggin," occupied the
same place that "God" occupies in human consciousness. By word and sound, to Jerry, "Mister Haggin" had
the same connotation that "God" has to Godworshipping humans. In short, Mister Haggin was Jerry's God.
And so, when Mister Haggin, or God, or call it what one will with the limitations of language, picked Jerry
up with imperative abruptness, tucked him under his arm, and stepped into the whaleboat, whose black crew
immediately bent to the oars, Jerry was instantly and nervously aware that the unusual had begun to happen.
Never before had he gone out on board the Arangi, which he could see growing larger and closer to each
liphissing stroke of the oars of the blacks.
Only an hour before, Jerry had come down from the plantation house to the beach to see the Arangi depart.
Twice before, in his half year of life, had he had this delectable experience. Delectable it truly was, running
up and down the white beach of sandpounded coral, and, under the wise guidance of Biddy and Terrence,
taking part in the excitement of the beach and even adding to it.
There was the niggerchasing. Jerry had been born to hate niggers. His first experiences in the world as a
puling puppy, had taught him that Biddy, his mother, and his father Terrence, hated niggers. A nigger was
something to be snarled at. A nigger, unless he were a houseboy, was something to be attacked and bitten
and torn if he invaded the compound. Biddy did it. Terrence did it. In doing it, they served their GodMister
Haggin. Niggers were twolegged lesser creatures who toiled and slaved for their twolegged white lords,
who lived in the labour barracks afar off, and who were so much lesser and lower that they must not dare
come near the habitation of their lords.
And niggerchasing was adventure. Not long after he had learned to sprawl, Jerry had learned that. One took
his chances. As long as Mister Haggin, or Derby, or Bob, was about, the niggers took their chasing. But there
were times when the white lords were not about. Then it was "'Ware niggers!" One must dare to chase only
with due precaution. Because then, beyond the white lord's eyes, the niggers had a way, not merely of
scowling and muttering, but of attacking fourlegged dogs with stones and clubs. Jerry had seen his mother
so mishandled, and, ere he had learned discretion, alone in the high grass had been himself clubmauled by
Godarmy, the black who wore a china doorknob suspended on his chest from his neck on a string of sennit
braided from cocoanut fibre. More. Jerry remembered another highgrass adventure, when he and his brother
Michael had fought Owmi, another black distinguishable for the cogged wheels of an alarm clock on his
chest. Michael had been so severely struck on his head that for ever after his left ear had remained sore and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 3
Page No 6
had withered into a peculiar wilted and twisted upward cock.
Still more. There had been his brother Patsy, and his sister Kathleen, who had disappeared two months
before, who had ceased and no longer were. The great god, Mister Haggin, had raged up and down the
plantation. The bush had been searched. Half a dozen niggers had been whipped. And Mister Haggin had
failed to solve the mystery of Patsy's and Kathleen's disappearance. But Biddy and Terrence knew. So did
Michael and Jerry. The fourmonths' old Patsy and Kathleen had gone into the cookingpot at the barracks,
and their puppysoft skins had been destroyed in the fire. Jerry knew this, as did his father and mother and
brother, for they had smelled the unmistakable burntmeat smell, and Terrence, in his rage of knowledge, had
even attacked Mogom the houseboy, and been reprimanded and cuffed by Mister Haggin, who had not
smelled and did not understand, and who had always to impress discipline on all creatures under his
rooftree.
But on the beach, when the blacks, whose terms of service were up came down with their tradeboxes on
their heads to depart on the Arangi, was the time when niggerchasing was not dangerous. Old scores could
be settled, and it was the last chance, for the blacks who departed on the Arangi never came back. As an
instance, this very morning Biddy, remembering a secret mauling at the hands of Lerumie, laid teeth into his
naked calf and threw him sprawling into the water, tradebox, earthly possessions and all, and then laughed
at him, sure in the protection of Mister Haggin who grinned at the episode.
Then, too, there was usually at least one bushdog on the Arangi at which Jerry and Michael, from the beach,
could bark their heads off. Once, Terrence, who was nearly as large as an Airedale and fully as
lionheartedTerrence the Magnificent, as Tom Haggin called him had caught such a bushdog
trespassing on the beach and given him a delightful thrashing, in which Jerry and Michael, and Patsy and
Kathleen, who were at the time alive, had joined with many shrill yelps and sharp nips. Jerry had never
forgotten the ecstasy of the hair, unmistakably doggy in scent, which had filled his mouth at his one
successful nip. Bushdogs were dogshe recognized them as his kind; but they were somehow different
from his own lordly breed, different and lesser, just as the blacks were compared with Mister Haggin, Derby,
and Bob.
But Jerry did not continue to gaze at the nearing Arangi. Biddy, wise with previous bitter bereavements, had
sat down on the edge of the sand, her forefeet in the water, and was mouthing her woe. That this concerned
him, Jerry knew, for her grief tore sharply, albeit vaguely, at his sensitive, passionate heart. What it presaged
he knew not, save that it was disaster and catastrophe connected with him. As he looked back at her,
roughcoated and griefstricken, he could see Terrence hovering solicitously near her. He, too, was
roughcoated, as was Michael, and as Patsy and Kathleen had been, Jerry being the one smoothcoated
member of the family.
Further, although Jerry did not know it and Tom Haggin did, Terrence was a royal lover and a devoted
spouse. Jerry, from his earliest impressions, could remember the way Terrence had of running with Biddy,
miles and miles along the beaches or through the avenues of cocoanuts, side by side with her, both with
laughing mouths of sheer delight. As these were the only dogs, besides his brothers and sisters and the several
eruptions of strange bushdogs that Jerry knew, it did not enter his head otherwise than that this was the way
of dogs, male and female, wedded and faithful. But Tom Haggin knew its unusualness. "Proper affinities," he
declared, and repeatedly declared, with warm voice and moist eyes of appreciation. "A gentleman, that
Terrence, and a fourlegged proper man. A mandog, if there ever was one, foursquare as the legs on the
four corners of him. And prepotent! My word! His blood'd breed true for a thousand generations, and the cool
head and the kindly brave heart of him."
Terrence did not voice his sorrow, if sorrow he had; but his hovering about Biddy tokened his anxiety for her.
Michael, however, yielding to the contagion, sat beside his mother and barked angrily out across the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 4
Page No 7
increasing stretch of water as he would have barked at any danger that crept and rustled in the jungle. This,
too, sank to Jerry's heart, adding weight to his sure intuition that dire fate, he knew not what, was upon him.
For his six months of life, Jerry knew a great deal and knew very little. He knew, without thinking about it,
without knowing that he knew, why Biddy, the wise as well as the brave, did not act upon all the message
that her heart voiced to him, and spring into the water and swim after him. She had protected him like a
lioness when the big puarka (which, in Jerry's vocabulary, along with grunts and squeals, was the
combination of sound, or word, for "pig") had tried to devour him where he was cornered under the
highpiled plantation house. Like a lioness, when the cookboy had struck him with a stick to drive him out
of the kitchen, had Biddy sprung upon the black, receiving without wince or whimper one straight blow from
the stick, and then downing him and mauling him among his pots and pans until dragged (for the first time
snarling) away by the unchiding Mister Haggin, who; however, administered sharp words to the cook boy
for daring to lift hand against a fourlegged dog belonging to a god.
Jerry knew why his mother did not plunge into the water after him. The salt sea, as well as the lagoons that
led out of the salt sea, were taboo. "Taboo," as word or sound, had no place in Jerry's vocabulary. But its
definition, or significance, was there in the quickest part of his consciousness. He possessed a dim, vague,
imperative knowingness that it was not merely not good, but supremely disastrous, leading to the mistily
glimpsed sense of utter endingness for a dog, for any dog, to go into the water where slipped and slid and
noiselessly paddled, sometimes on top, sometimes emerging from the depths, great scaly monsters,
hugejawed and horriblytoothed, that snapped down and engulfed a dog in an instant just as the fowls of
Mister Haggin snapped and engulfed grains of corn.
Often he had heard his father and mother, on the safety of the sand, bark and rage their hatred of those terrible
seadwellers, when, close to the beach, they appeared on the surface like logs awash. "Crocodile" was no
word in Jerry's vocabulary. It was an image, an image of a log awash that was different from any log in that it
was alive. Jerry, who heard, registered, and recognized many words that were as truly tools of thought to him
as they were to humans, but who, by inarticulateness of birth and breed, could not utter these many words,
nevertheless in his mental processes, used images just as articulate men use words in their own mental
processes. And after all, articulate men, in the act of thinking, willy nilly use images that correspond to words
and that amplify words.
Perhaps, in Jerry's brain, the rising into the foreground of consciousness of an image of a log awash connoted
more intimate and fuller comprehension of the thing being thought about, than did the word "crocodile," and
its accompanying image, in the foreground of a human's consciousness. For Jerry really did know more about
crocodiles than the average human. He could smell a crocodile farther off and more differentiatingly than
could any man, than could even a saltwater black or a bushman smell one. He could tell when a crocodile,
hauled up from the lagoon, lay without sound or movement, and perhaps asleep, a hundred feet away on the
floor mat of jungle.
He knew more of the language of crocodiles than did any man. He had better means and opportunities of
knowing. He knew their many noises that were as grunts and slubbers. He knew their anger noises, their fear
noises, their food noises, their love noises. And these noises were as definitely words in his vocabulary as are
words in a human's vocabulary. And these crocodile noises were tools of thought. By them he weighed and
judged and determined his own consequent courses of action, just like any human; or, just like any human,
lazily resolved upon no course of action, but merely noted and registered a clear comprehension of something
that was going on about him that did not require a correspondence of action on his part.
And yet, what Jerry did not know was very much. He did not know the size of the world. He did not know
that this Meringe Lagoon, backed by high, forested mountains and fronted and sheltered by the off shore
coral islets, was anything else than the entire world. He did not know that it was a mere fractional part of the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 5
Page No 8
great island of Ysabel, that was again one island of a thousand, many of them greater, that composed the
Solomon Islands that men marked on charts as a group of specks in the vastitude of the farwestern South
Pacific.
It was true, there was a somewhere else or a something beyond of which he was dimly aware. But whatever it
was, it was mystery. Out of it, things that had not been, suddenly were. Chickens and puarkas and cats, that
he had never seen before, had a way of abruptly appearing on Meringe Plantation. Once, even, had there been
an eruption of strange fourlegged, horned and hairy creatures, the images of which, registered in his brain,
would have been identifiable in the brains of humans with what humans worded "goats."
It was the same way with the blacks. Out of the unknown, from the somewhere and something else, too
unconditional for him to know any of the conditions, instantly they appeared, fullstatured, walking about
Meringe Plantation with loincloths about their middles and bone bodkins through their noses, and being put
to work by Mister Haggin, Derby, and Bob. That their appearance was coincidental with the arrival of the
Arangi was an association that occurred as a matter of course in Jerry's brain. Further, he did not bother, save
that there was a companion association, namely, that their occasional disappearances into the beyond was
likewise coincidental with the Arangi's departure.
Jerry did not query these appearances and disappearances. It never entered his goldensorrel head to be
curious about the affair or to attempt to solve it. He accepted it in much the way he accepted the wetness of
water and the heat of the sun. It was the way of life and of the world he knew. His hazy awareness was no
more than an awareness of somethingwhich, by the way, corresponds very fairly with the hazy awareness
of the average human of the mysteries of birth and death and of the beyondness about which they have no
definiteness of comprehension.
For all that any man may gainsay, the ketch Arangi, trader and blackbirder in the Solomon Islands, may have
signified in Jerry's mind as much the mysterious boat that traffics between the two worlds, as, at one time, the
boat that Charon sculled across the Styx signified to the human mind. Out of the nothingness men came. Into
the nothingness they went. And they came and went always on the Arangi.
And to the Arangi, this hotwhite tropic morning, Jerry went on the whaleboat under the arm of his Mister
Haggin, while on the beach Biddy moaned her woe, and Michael, not sophisticated, barked the eternal
challenge of youth to the Unknown.
CHAPTER II
From the whaleboat, up the low side of the Arangi, and over her six inch rail of teak to her teak deck, was
but a step, and Tom Haggin made it easily with Jerry still under his arm. The deck was cluttered with an
exciting crowd. Exciting the crowd would have been to untravelled humans of civilization, and exciting it
was to Jerry; although to Tom Haggin and Captain Van Horn it was a mere commonplace of everyday life.
The deck was small because the Arangi was small. Originally a teak built, gentleman's yacht, brassfitted,
copperfastened, angle ironed, sheathed in manofwar copper and with a finkeel of bronze, she had been
sold into the Solomon Islands' trade for the purpose of blackbirding or niggerrunning. Under the law,
however, this traffic was dignified by being called "recruiting."
The Arangi was a labourrecruit ship that carried the newcaught, cannibal blacks from remote islands to
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 6
Page No 9
labour on the new plantations where white men turned dank and pestilential swamp and jungle into rich and
stately cocoanut groves. The Arangi's two masts were of Oregon cedar, so scraped and hotparaffined that
they shone like tan opals in the glare of sun. Her excessive sail plan enabled her to sail like a witch, and, on
occasion, gave Captain Van Horn, his white mate, and his fifteen black boat's crew as much as they could
handle. She was sixty feet over all, and the cross beams of her crown deck had not been weakened by
deckhouses. The only breaks and no beams had been cut for themwere the main cabin skylight and
companionway, the booby hatch for'ard over the tiny forecastle, and the small hatch aft that let down into the
storeroom.
And on this small deck, in addition to the crew, were the "return" niggers from three farflung plantations.
By "return" was meant that their three years of contract labour was up, and that, according to contract, they
were being returned to their home villages on the wild island of Malaita. Twenty of themfamiliar, all, to
Jerrywere from Meringe; thirty of them came from the Bay of a Thousand Ships, in the Russell Isles; and
the remaining twelve were from Pennduffryn on the east coast of Guadalcanar. In addition to theseand
they were all on deck, chattering and piping in queer, almost elfish, falsetto voiceswere the two white men,
Captain Van Horn and his Danish mate, Borckman, making a total of seventynine souls.
"Thought your heart 'd failed you at the last moment," was Captain Van Horn's greeting, a quick pleasure
light glowing into his eyes as they noted Jerry.
"It was sure near to doin' it," Tom Haggin answered. "It's only for you I'd a done it, annyways. Jerry's the best
of the litter, barrin' Michael, of course, the two of them bein' all that's left and no better than them that was
lost. Now that Kathleen was a sweet dog, the spit of Biddy if she'd lived.Here, take 'm."
With a jerk of abruptness, he deposited Jerry in Van Horn's arms and turned away along the deck.
"An' if bad luck comes to him I'll never forgive you, Skipper," he flung roughly over his shoulder.
"They'll have to take my head first," the skipper chuckled.
"An' not unlikely, my brave laddy buck," Haggin growled. "Meringe owes Somo four heads, three from the
dysentery, an' another wan from a tree fallin' on him the last fortnight. He was the son of a chief at that."
"Yes, and there's two heads more that the Arangi owes Somo," Van Horn nodded. "You recollect, down to
the south'ard last year, a chap named Hawkins was lost in his whaleboat running the Arli Passage?" Haggin,
returning along the deck, nodded. "Two of his boat's crew were Somo boys. I'd recruited them for Ugi
Plantation. With your boys, that makes six heads the Arangi owes. But what of it? There's one saltwater
village, acrost on the weather coast, where the Arangi owes eighteen. I recruited them for Aolo, and being
saltwater men they put them on the Sandfly that was lost on the way to the Santa Cruz. They've got a
jackpot over there on the weather coastmy word, the boy that could get my head would be a second
Carnegie! A hundred and fifty pigs and shell money no end the village's collected for the chap that gets me
and delivers."
"And they ain'tyet," Haggin snorted.
"No fear," was the cheerful retort.
"You talk like Arbuckle used to talk," Haggin censured. "Manny's the time I've heard him string it off. Poor
old Arbuckle. The most sure and most precautious chap that ever handled niggers. He never went to sleep
without spreadin' a box of tacks on the floor, and when it wasn't them it was crumpled newspapers. I
remember me well, bein' under the same roof at the time on Florida, when a big tomcat chased a cockroach
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 7
Page No 10
into the papers. And it was blim, blam, blim, six times an' twice over, with his two big horsepistols, an' the
house perforated like a cullender. Likewise there was a dead tom cat. He could shoot in the dark with never
an aim, pullin' trigger with the second finger and pointing with the first finger laid straight along the barrel.
"No, sir, my laddy buck. He was the bully boy with the glass eye. The nigger didn't live that'd lift his head.
But they got 'm. They got 'm. He lasted fourteen years, too. It was his cookboy. Hatcheted 'm before
breakfast. An' it's well I remember our second trip into the bush after what was left of 'm."
"I saw his head after you'd turned it over to the Commissioner at Tulagi," Van Horn supplemented.
"An' the peaceful, quiet, everyday face of him on it, with almost the same old smile I'd seen a thousand times.
It dried on 'm that way over the smokin' fire. But they got 'm, if it did take fourteen years. There's manny's the
head that goes to Malaita, manny's the time untooken; but, like the old pitcher, it's tooken in the end."
"But I've got their goat," the captain insisted. "When trouble's hatching, I go straight to them and tell them
what. They can't get the hang of it. Think I've got some powerful devildevil medicine."
Tom Haggin thrust out his hand in abrupt goodbye, resolutely keeping his eyes from dropping to Jerry in the
other's arms.
"Keep your eye on my return boys," he cautioned, as he went over the side, "till you land the last mother's son
of 'm. They've got no cause to love Jerry or his breed, an' I'd hate ill to happen 'm at a nigger's hands. An' in
the dark of the night 'tis like as not he can do a fareyouwell overside. Don't take your eye off 'm till you're
quit of the last of 'm."
At sight of big Mister Haggin deserting him and being pulled away in the whaleboat, Jerry wriggled and
voiced his anxiety in a low, whimpering whine. Captain Van Horn snuggled him closer in his arm with a
caress of his free hand.
"Don't forget the agreement," Tom Haggin called back across the widening water. "If aught happens you,
Jerry's to come back to me."
"I'll make a paper to that same and put it with the ship's articles," was Van Horn's reply.
Among the many words possessed by Jerry was his own name; and in the talk of the two men he had
recognised it repeatedly, and he was aware, vaguely, that the talk was related to the vague and unguessably
terrible thing that was happening to him. He wriggled more determinedly, and Van Horn set him down on the
deck. He sprang to the rail with more quickness than was to be expected of an awkward puppy of six months,
and not the quick attempt of Van Horn to cheek him would have succeeded. But Jerry recoiled from the open
water lapping the Arangi's side. The taboo was upon him. It was the image of the log awash that was not a log
but that was alive, luminous in his brain, that checked him. It was not reason on his part, but inhibition which
had become habit.
He plumped down on his bob tail, lifted golden muzzle skyward, and emitted a long puppywail of dismay
and grief.
"It's all right, Jerry, old man, brace up and be a mandog," Van Horn soothed him.
But Jerry was not to be reconciled. While this indubitably was a whiteskinned god, it was not his god.
Mister Haggin was his god, and a superior god at that. Even he, without thinking about it at all, recognized
that. His Mister Haggin wore pants and shoes. This god on the deck beside him was more like a black. Not
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 8
Page No 11
only did he not wear pants, and was barefooted and barelegged, but about his middle, just like any black, he
wore a brilliantcoloured loin cloth, that, like a kilt, fell nearly to his sunburnt knees.
Captain Van Horn was a handsome man and a striking man, although Jerry did not know it. If ever a Holland
Dutchman stepped out of a Rembrandt frame, Captain Van Horn was that one, despite the fact that he was
New York born, as had been his knickerbocker ancestors before him clear back to the time when New York
was not New York but New Amsterdam. To complete his costume, a floppy felt hat, distinctly Rembrandtish
in effect, perched half on his head and mostly over one ear; a sixpenny, white cotton undershirt covered his
torso; and from a belt about his middle dangled a tobacco pouch, a sheathknife, filled clips of cartridges,
and a huge automatic pistol in a leather holster.
On the beach, Biddy, who had hushed her grief, lifted it again when she heard Jerry's wail. And Jerry,
desisting a moment to listen, heard Michael beside her, barking his challenge, and saw, without being
conscious of it, Michael's withered ear with its persistent upward cock. Again, while Captain Van Horn and
the mate, Borckman, gave orders, and while the Arangi's mainsail and spanker began to rise up the masts,
Jerry loosed all his heart of woe in what Bob told Derby on the beach was the "grandest vocal effort" he had
ever heard from any dog, and that, except for being a bit thin, Caruso didn't have anything on Jerry. But the
song was too much for Haggin, who, as soon as he had landed, whistled Biddy to him and strode rapidly
away from the beach.
At sight of her disappearing, Jerry was guilty of even more Caruso like effects, which gave great joy to a
Pennduffryn return boy who stood beside him. He laughed and jeered at Jerry with falsetto chucklings that
were more like the junglenoises of treedwelling creatures, halfbird and halfman, than of a man, all man,
and therefore a god. This served as an excellent counterirritant. Indignation that a mere black should laugh
at him mastered Jerry, and the next moment his puppy teeth, sharppointed as needles, had scored the
astonished black's naked calf in long parallel scratches from each of which leaped the instant blood. The
black sprang away in trepidation, but the blood of Terrence the Magnificent was true in Jerry, and, like his
father before him, he followed up, slashing the black's other calf into a ruddy pattern.
At this moment, anchor broken out and headsails running up, Captain Van Horn, whose quick eye had missed
no detail of the incident, with an order to the black helmsman turned to applaud Jerry.
"Go to it, Jerry!" he encouraged. "Get him! Shake him down! Sick him! Get him! Get him!"
The black, in defence, aimed a kick at Jerry, who, leaping in instead of awayanother inheritance from
Terrenceavoided the bare foot and printed a further red series of parallel lines on the dark leg. This was too
much, and the black, afraid more of Van Horn than of Jerry, turned and fled for'ard, leaping to safety on top
of the eight LeeEnfield rifles that lay on top of the cabin skylight and that were guarded by one member of
the boat's crew. About the skylight Jerry stormed, leaping up and falling back, until Captain Van Horn called
him off.
"Some niggerchaser, that pup, some niggerchaser!" Van Horn confided to Borckman, as he bent to pat
Jerry and give him due reward of praise.
And Jerry, under this caressing hand of a god, albeit it did not wear pants, forgot for a moment longer the fate
that was upon him.
"He's a liondogmore like an Airedale than an Irish terrier," Van Horn went on to his mate, still petting.
"Look at the size of him already. Look at the bone of him. Some chest that. He's got the endurance. And he'll
be some dog when he grows up to those feet of his."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 9
Page No 12
Jerry had just remembered his grief and was starting a rush across the deck to the rail to gaze at Meringe
growing smaller every second in the distance, when a gust of the Southeast Trade smote the sails and
pressed the Arangi down. And down the deck, slanted for the moment to fortyfive degrees, Jerry slipped and
slid, vainly clawing at the smooth surface for a hold. He fetched up against the foot of the mizzenmast, while
Captain Van Horn, with the sailor's eye for the coral patch under his bow, gave the order "Hard alee!"
Borckman and the black steersman echoed his words, and, as the wheel spun down, the Arangi, with the
swiftness of a witch, rounded into the wind and attained a momentary even keel to the flapping of her
headsails and a shifting of headsheets.
Jerry, still intent on Meringe, took advantage of the level footing to recover himself and scramble toward the
rail. But he was deflected by the crash of the mainsheet blocks on the stout deck traveller, as the mainsail,
emptied of the wind and feeling the wind on the other side, swung crazily across above him. He cleared the
danger of the mainsheet with a wild leap (although no less wild had been Van Horn's leap to rescue him), and
found himself directly under the mainboom with the huge sail looming above him as if about to fall upon him
and crush him.
It was Jerry's first experience with sails of any sort. He did not know the beasts, much less the way of them,
but, in his vivid recollection, when he had been a tiny puppy, burned the memory of the hawk, in the middle
of the compound, that had dropped down upon him from out of the sky. Under that colossal threatened
impact he crouched down to the deck. Above him, falling upon him like a bolt from the blue, was a winged
hawk unthinkably vaster than the one he had encountered. But in his crouch was no hint of cower. His crouch
was a gathering together, an assembling of all the parts of him under the rule of the spirit of him, for the
spring upward to meet in mid career this monstrous, menacing thing.
But, the succeeding fraction of a moment, so that Jerry, leaping, missed even the shadow of it, the mainsail,
with a second crash of blocks on traveller, had swung across and filled on the other tack.
Van Horn had missed nothing of it. Before, in his time, he had seen young dogs frightened into genuine fits
by their first encounters with heavenfilling, skyobscuring, downimpending sails. This was the first dog he
had seen leap with bared teeth, undismayed, to grapple with the huge unknown.
With spontaneity of admiration, Van Horn swept Jerry from the deck and gathered him into his arms.
CHAPTER III
Jerry quite forgot Meringe for the time being. As he well remembered, the hawk had been sharp of beak and
claw. This air flapping, thundercrashing monster needed watching. And Jerry, crouching for the spring and
ever struggling to maintain his footing on the slippery, heeling deck, kept his eyes on the mainsail and uttered
low growls at any display of movement on its part.
The Arangi was beating out between the coral patches of the narrow channel into the teeth of the brisk trade
wind. This necessitated frequent tacks, so that, overhead, the mainsail was ever swooping across from port
tack to starboard tack and back again, making air noises like the swish of wings, sharply rattattatting its
reef points and loudly crashing its mainsheet gear along the traveller. Half a dozen times, as it swooped
overhead, Jerry leaped for it, mouth open to grip, lips writhed clear of the clean puppy teeth that shone in the
sun like gems of ivory.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 10
Page No 13
Failing in every leap, Jerry achieved a judgment. In passing, it must be noted that this judgment was only
arrived at by a definite act of reasoning. Out of a series of observations of the thing, in which it had
threatened, always in the same way, a series of attacks, he had found that it had not hurt him nor come in
contact with him at all. Thereforealthough he did not stop to think that he was thinkingit was not the
dangerous, destroying thing he had first deemed it. It might be well to be wary of it, though already it had
taken its place in his classification of things that appeared terrible but were not terrible. Thus, he had learned
not to fear the roar of the wind among the palms when he lay snug on the plantationhouse veranda, nor the
onslaught of the waves, hissing and rumbling into harmless foam on the beach at his feet.
Many times, in the course of the day, alertly and nonchalantly, almost with a quizzical knowingness, Jerry
cocked his head at the mainsail when it made sudden swooping movements or slacked and tautened its
crashing sheetgear. But he no longer crouched to spring for it. That had been the first lesson, and quickly
mastered.
Having settled the mainsail, Jerry returned in mind to Meringe. But there was no Meringe, no Biddy and
Terrence and Michael on the beach; no Mister Haggin and Derby and Bob; no beach: no land with the
palmtrees near and the mountains afar off everlastingly lifting their green peaks into the sky. Always, to
starboard or to port, at the bow or over the stern, when he stood up resting his forefeet on the sixinch rail
and gazing, he saw only the ocean, brokenfaced and turbulent, yet orderly marching its whitecrested seas
before the drive of the trade.
Had he had the eyes of a man, nearly two yards higher than his own from the deck, and had they been the
trained eyes of a man, sailor man at that, Jerry could have seen the low blur of Ysabel to the north and the
blur of Florida to the south, ever taking on definiteness of detail as the Arangi sagged closehauled, with a
good full, porttacked to the southeast trade. And had he had the advantage of the marine glasses with
which Captain Van Horn elongated the range of his eyes, he could have seen, to the east, the far peaks of
Malaita lifting lifeshadowed pink cloudpuffs above the searim.
But the present was very immediate with Jerry. He had early learned the iron law of the immediate, and to
accept what was when it was, rather than to strain after far other things. The sea was. The land no longer was.
The Arangi certainly was, along with the life that cluttered her deck. And he proceeded to get acquainted with
what wasin short, to know and to adjust himself to his new environment.
His first discovery was delightfula wilddog puppy from the Ysabel bush, being taken back to Malaita by
one of the Meringe return boys. In age they were the same, but their breeding was different. The wilddog
was what he was, a wilddog, cringing and sneaking, his ears for ever down, his tail for ever between his
legs, for ever apprehending fresh misfortune and illtreatment to fall on him, for ever fearing and resentful,
fending off threatened hurt with lips curling malignantly from his puppy fangs, cringing under a blow,
squalling his fear and his pain, and ready always for a treacherous slash if luck and safety favoured.
The wilddog was maturer than Jerry, largerbodied, and wiser in wickedness; but Jerry was blueblooded,
rightselected, and valiant. The wilddog had come out of a selection equally rigid; but it was a different sort
of selection. The bush ancestors from whom he had descended had survived by being fearselected. They had
never voluntarily fought against odds. In the open they had never attacked save when the prey was weak or
defenceless. In place of courage, they had lived by creeping, and slinking, and hiding from danger. They had
been selected blindly by nature, in a cruel and ignoble environment, where the prize of living was to be
gained, in the main, by the cunning of cowardice, and, on occasion, by desperateness of defence when in a
corner.
But Jerry had been loveselected and courageselected. His ancestors had been deliberately and consciously
chosen by men, who, somewhere in the forgotten past, had taken the wilddog and made it into the thing they
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 11
Page No 14
visioned and admired and desired it to be. It must never fight like a rat in a corner, because it must never be
ratlike and slink into a corner. Retreat must be unthinkable. The dogs in the past who retreated had been
rejected by men. They had not become Jerry's ancestors. The dogs selected for Jerry's ancestors had been the
brave ones, the upstanding and outdashing ones, who flew into the face of danger and battled and died, but
who never gave ground. And, since it is the way of kind to beget kind, Jerry was what Terrence was before
him, and what Terrence's forefathers had been for a long way back.
So it was that Jerry, when he chanced upon the wilddog stowed shrewdly away from the wind in the
leecorner made by the mainmast and the cabin skylight, did not stop to consider whether the creature was
bigger or fiercer than he. All he knew was that it was the ancient enemythe wilddog that had not come in
to the fires of man. With a wild paean of joy that attracted Captain Van Horn's allhearing ears and
allseeing eyes, Jerry sprang to the attack. The wild puppy gained his feet in full retreat with incredible
swiftness, but was caught by the rush of Jerry's body and rolled over and over on the sloping deck. And as he
rolled, and felt sharp teeth pricking him, he snapped and snarled, alternating snarls with whimperings and
squallings of terror, pain, and abject humility.
And Jerry was a gentleman, which is to say he was a gentle dog. He had been so selected. Because the thing
did not fight back, because it was abject and whining, because it was helpless under him, he abandoned the
attack, disengaging himself from the top of the tangle into which he had slid in the lee scuppers. He did not
think about it. He did it because he was so made. He stood up on the reeling deck, feeling excellently satisfied
with the delicious, wilddoggy smell of hair in his mouth and consciousness, and in his ears and
consciousness the praising cry of Captain Van Horn: "Good boy, Jerry! You're the goods, Jerry! Some dog,
eh! Some dog!"
As he stalked away, it must be admitted that Jerry displayed pride in himself, his gait being a trifle
stifflegged, the cocking of his head back over his shoulder at the whining wilddog having all the
articulateness of: "Well, I guess I gave you enough this time. You'll keep out of my way after this."
Jerry continued the exploration of his new and tiny world that was never at rest, for ever lifting, heeling, and
lunging on the rolling face of the sea. There were the Meringe return boys. He made it a point to identify all
of them, receiving, while he did so, scowls and mutterings, and reciprocating with cocky bullyings and
threatenings. Being so trained, he walked on his four legs superior to them, twolegged though they were; for
he had moved and lived always under the aegis of the great twolegged and betrousered god, Mister
Haggin.
Then there were the strange return boys, from Pennduffryn and the Bay of a Thousand Ships. He insisted on
knowing them all. He might need to know them in some future time. He did not think this. He merely
equipped himself with knowledge of his environment without any awareness of provision or without
bothering about the future.
In his own way of acquiring knowledge, he quickly discovered, just as on the plantation houseboys were
different from fieldboys, that on the Arangi there was a classification of boys different from the return boys.
This was the boat's crew. The fifteen blacks who composed it were closer than the others to Captain Van
Horn. They seemed more directly to belong to the Arangi and to him. They laboured under him at word of
command, steering at the wheel, pulling and hauling on ropes, healing water upon the deck from overside and
scrubbing with brooms.
Just as Jerry had learned from Mister Haggin that he must be more tolerant of the houseboys than of the
fieldboys if they trespassed on the compound, so, from Captain Van Horn, he learned that he must be more
tolerant of the boat's crew than of the return boys. He had less license with them, more license with the
others. As long as Captain Van Horn did not want his boat's crew chased, it was Jerry's duty not to chase. On
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 12
Page No 15
the other hand he never forgot that he was a whitegod's dog. While he might not chase these particular
blacks, he declined familiarity with them. He kept his eye on them. He had seen blacks as tolerated as these,
lined up and whipped by Mister Haggin. They occupied an intermediate place in the scheme of things, and
they were to be watched in case they did not keep their place. He accorded them room, but he did not accord
them equality. At the best, he could be standoffishly considerate of them.
He made thorough examination of the galley, a rude affair, open on the open deck, exposed to wind and rain
and storm, a small stove that was not even a ship's stove, on which somehow, aided by strings and wedges,
commingled with much smoke, two blacks managed to cook the food for the fourscore persons on board.
Next, he was interested by a strange proceeding on the part of the boat's crew. Upright pipes, serving as
stanchions, were being screwed into the top of the Arangi's rail so that they served to support three strands of
barbed wire that ran completely around the vessel, being broken only at the gangway for a narrow space of
fifteen inches. That this was a precaution against danger, Jerry sensed without a passing thought to it. All his
life, from his first impressions of life, had been passed in the heart of danger, everimpending, from the
blacks. In the plantation house at Meringe, always the several white men had looked askance at the many
blacks who toiled for them and belonged to them. In the living room, where were the eatingtable, the
billiardtable, and the phonograph, stood stands of rifles, and in each bedroom, beside each bed, ready to
hand, had been revolvers and rifles. As well, Mister Haggin and Derby and Bob had always carried revolvers
in their belts when they left the house to go among their blacks.
Jerry knew these noisemaking things for what they wereinstruments of destruction and death. He had
seen live things destroyed by them, such as puarkas, goats, birds, and crocodiles. By means of such things the
whitegods by their will crossed space without crossing it with their bodies, and destroyed live things. Now
he, in order to damage anything, had to cross space with his body to get to it. He was different. He was
limited. All impossible things were possible to the unlimited, twolegged whitegods. In a way, this ability
of theirs to destroy across space was an elongation of claw and fang. Without pondering it, or being
conscious of it, he accepted it as he accepted the rest of the mysterious world about him.
Once, even, had Jerry seen his Mister Haggin deal death at a distance in another noiseway. From the
veranda he had seen him fling sticks of exploding dynamite into a screeching mass of blacks who had come
raiding from the Beyond in the long war canoes, beaked and black, carved and inlaid with motherofpearl,
which they had left hauled up on the beach at the door of Meringe.
Many precautions by the whitegods had Jerry been aware of, and so, sensing it almost in intangible ways, as
a matter of course he accepted this barbedwire fence on the floating world as a mark of the persistence of
danger. Disaster and death hovered close about, waiting the chance to leap upon life and drag it down. Life
had to be very alive in order to live was the law Jerry had learned from the little of life he knew.
Watching the rigging up of the barbed wire, Jerry's next adventure was an encounter with Lerumie, the return
boy from Meringe, who, only that morning, on the beach embarking, had been rolled by Biddy, along with
his possessions into the surf. The encounter occurred on the starboard side of the skylight, alongside of which
Lerumie was standing as he gazed into a cheap trademirror and combed his kinky hair with a handcarved
comb of wood.
Jerry, scarcely aware of Lerumie's presence, was trotting past on his way aft to where Borckman, the mate,
was superintending the stringing of the barbed wire to the stanchions. And Lerumie, with a sidelong look to
see if the deed meditated for his foot was screened from observation, aimed a kick at the son of his four
legged enemy. His bare foot caught Jerry on the sensitive end of his recently bobbed tail, and Jerry, outraged,
with the sense of sacrilege committed upon him, went instantly wild.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 13
Page No 16
Captain Van Horn, standing aft on the port quarter, gauging the slant of the wind on the sails and the
inadequate steering of the black at the wheel, had not seen Jerry because of the intervening skylight. But his
eyes had taken in the shoulder movement of Lerumie that advertised the balancing on one foot while the
other foot had kicked. And from what followed, he divined what had already occurred.
Jerry's outcry, as he sprawled, whirled, sprang, and slashed, was a veritable puppyscream of indignation. He
slashed ankle and foot as he received the second kick in midair; and, although he slid clear down the slope
of deck into the scuppers, he left on the black skin the red tracery of his puppyneedle teeth. Still screaming
his indignation, he clawed his way back up the steep wooden hill.
Lerumie, with another sidelong look, knew that he was observed and that he dare not go to extremes. He
fled along the skylight to escape down the companionway, but was caught by Jerry's sharp teeth in his calf.
Jerry, attacking blindly, got in the way of the black's feet. A long, stumbling fall, accelerated by a sudden
increase of wind in the sails, ensued, and Lerumie, vainly trying to catch his footing, fetched up against the
three strands of barbed wire on the lee rail.
The deckfull of blacks shrieked their merriment, and Jerry, his rage undiminished, his immediate antagonist
out of the battle, mistaking himself as the object of the laughter of the blacks, turned upon them, charging and
slashing the many legs that fled before him. They dropped down the cabin and forecastle companionways,
ran out the bowsprit, and sprang into the rigging till they were perched everywhere in the air like monstrous
birds. In the end, the deck belonged to Jerry, save for the boat's crew; for he had already learned to
differentiate. Captain Van Horn was hilariously vocal of his praise, calling Jerry to him and giving him
manthumps of joyful admiration. Next, the captain turned to his many passengers and orated in
bechedemer English.
"Hey! You fella boy! I make 'm big fella talk. This fella dog he belong along me. One fella boy hurt 'm that
fella dogmy word!me cross too much along that fella boy. I knock 'm seven bells outa that fella boy.
You take 'm care leg belong you. I take 'm care dog belong me. Savve?"
And the passengers, still perched in the air, with gleaming black eyes and with querulerus chirpings one to
another, accepted the white man's law. Even Lerumie, variously lacerated by the barbed wire, did not scowl
nor mutter threats. Instead, and bringing a roar of laughter from his fellows and a twinkle into the skipper's
eyes, he rubbed questing fingers over his scratches and murmured: "My word! Some big fella dog that fella!"
It was not that Jerry was unkindly. Like Biddy and Terrence, he was fierce and unafraid; which attributes
were wrapped up in his heredity. And, like Biddy and Terrence, he delighted in nigger chasing, which, in
turn, was a matter of training. From his earliest puppyhood he had been so trained. Niggers were niggers, but
white men were gods, and it was the whitegods who had trained him to chase niggers and keep them in their
proper lesser place in the world. All the world was held in the hollow of the white man's hands. The
niggerswell, had not he seen them always compelled to remain in their lesser place? Had he not seen them,
on occasion, triced up to the palmtrees of the Meringe compound and their backs lashed to ribbons by the
whitegods? Small wonder that a highborn Irish terrier, in the arms of love of the whitegod, should look at
niggers through whitegod's eyes, and act toward niggers in the way that earned the whitegod's reward of
praise.
It was a busy day for Jerry. Everything about the Arangi was new and strange, and so crowded was she that
exciting things were continually happening. He had another encounter with the wilddog, who treacherously
attacked him in flank from ambuscade. Trade boxes belonging to the blacks had been irregularly piled so that
a small space was left between two boxes in the lower tier. From this hole, as Jerry trotted past in response to
a call from the skipper, the wilddog sprang, scratched his sharp puppyteeth into Jerry's yellowvelvet hide,
and scuttled back into his lair.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 14
Page No 17
Again Jerry's feelings were outraged. He could understand flank attack. Often he and Michael had played at
that, although it had only been playing. But to retreat without fighting from a fight once started was alien to
Jerry's ways and nature. With righteous wrath he charged into the hole after his enemy. But this was where
the wilddog fought to best advantagein a corner. When Jerry sprang up in the confined space he bumped
his head on the box above, and the next moment felt the snarling impact of the other's teeth against his own
teeth and jaw.
There was no getting at the wilddog, no chance to rush against him whole heartedly, with generous full
weight in the attack. All Jerry could do was to crawl and squirm and belly forward, and always he was met by
a snarling mouthful of teeth. Even so, he would have got the wilddog in the end, had not Borckman, in
passing, reached in and dragged Jerry out by a hindleg. Again came Captain Van Horn's call, and Jerry,
obedient, trotted on aft.
A meal was being served on deck in the shade of the spanker, and Jerry, sitting between the two men received
his share. Already he had made the generalization that of the two, the captain was the superior god, giving
many orders that the mate obeyed. The mate, on the other hand, gave orders to the blacks, but never did he
give orders to the captain. Furthermore, Jerry was developing a liking for the captain, so he snuggled close to
him. When he put his nose into the captain's plate, he was gently reprimanded. But once, when he merely
sniffed at the mate's steaming teacup, her received a snub on the nose from the mate's grimy forefinger.
Also, the mate did not offer him food.
Captain Van Horn gave him, first of all, a pannikin of oatmeal mush, generously flooded with condensed
cream and sweetened with a heaping spoonful of sugar. After that, on occasion, he gave him morsels of
buttered bread and slivers of fried fish from which he first carefully picked the tiny bones.
His beloved Mister Haggin had never fed him from the table at meal time, and Jerry was beside himself with
the joy of this delightful experience. And, being young, he allowed his eagerness to take possession of him,
so that soon he was unduly urging the captain for more pieces of fish and of bread and butter. Once, he even
barked his demand. This put the idea into the captain's head, who began immediately to teach him to "speak."
At the end of five minutes he had learned to speak softly, and to speak only oncea low, mellow, belllike
bark of a single syllable. Also, in this first five minutes, he had learned to "sit down," as distinctly different
from "lie down"; and that he must sit down whenever he spoke, and that he must speak without jumping or
moving from the sitting position, and then must wait until the piece of food was passed to him.
Further, he had added three words to his vocabulary. For ever after, "speak" would mean to him "speak," and
"sit down" would mean "sit down" and would not mean "lie down." The third addition to his vocabulary was
"Skipper." That was the name he had heard the mate repeatedly call Captain Van Horn. And just as Jerry
knew that when a human called "Michael," that the call referred to Michael and not to Biddy, or Terrence, or
himself, so he knew that Skipper was the name of the twolegged white master of this new floating world.
"That isn't just a dog," was Van Horn's conclusion to the mate. "There's a sure enough human brain there
behind those brown eyes. He's six months old. Any boy of six years would be an infant phenomenon to learn
in five minutes all that he's just learned. Why, Gottferdang, a dog's brain has to be like a man's. If he does
things like a man, he's got to think like a man."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 15
Page No 18
CHAPTER IV
The companionway into the main cabin was a steep ladder, and down this, after his meal, Jerry was carried
by the captain. The cabin was a long room, extending for the full width of the Arangi from a lazarette aft to a
tiny room for'ard. For'ard of this room, separated by a tight bulkhead, was the forecastle where lived the
boat's crew. The tiny room was shared between Van Horn and Borckman, while the main cabin was occupied
by the threescore and odd return boys. They squatted about and lay everywhere on the floor and on the long
low bunks that ran the full length of the cabin
In the little stateroom the captain tossed a blanket on the floor in a corner, and he did not find it difficult to
get Jerry to understand that that was his bed. Nor did Jerry, with a full stomach and weary from so much
excitement, find it difficult to fall immediately asleep.
An hour later he was awakened by the entrance of Borckman. When he wagged his stub of a tail and smiled
friendly with his eyes, the mate scowled at him and muttered angrily in his throat. Jerry made no further
overtures, but lay quietly watching. The mate had come to take a drink. In truth, he was stealing the drink
from Van Horn's supply. Jerry did not know this. Often, on the plantation, he had seen the white men take
drinks. But there was something somehow different in the manner of Borckman's taking a drink. Jerry was
aware, vaguely, that there was something surreptitious about it. What was wrong he did not know, yet he
sensed the wrongness and watched suspiciously.
After the mate departed, Jerry would have slept again had not the carelessly latched door swung open with a
bang. Opening his eyes, prepared for any hostile invasion from the unknown, he fell to watching a large
cockroach crawling down the wall. When he got to his feet and warily stalked toward it, the cockroach
scuttled away with a slight rustling noise and disappeared into a crack. Jerry had been acquainted with
cockroaches all his life, but he was destined to learn new things about them from the particular breed that
dwelt on the Arangi.
After a cursory examination of the stateroom he wandered out into the cabin. The blacks, sprawled about
everywhere, but, conceiving it to be his duty to his Skipper, Jerry made it a point to identify each one. They
scowled and uttered low threatening noises when he sniffed close to them. One dared to menace him with a
blow, but Jerry, instead of slinking away, showed his teeth and prepared to spring. The black hastily dropped
the offending hand to his side and made soothing, penitent noises, while others chuckled; and Jerry passed on
his way. It was nothing new. Always a blow was to be expected from blacks when white men were not
around. Both the mate and the captain were on deck, and Jerry, though unafraid, continued his investigations
cautiously.
But at the doorless entrance to the lazarette aft, he threw caution to the winds and darted in in pursuit of the
new scent that came to his nostrils. A strange person was in the low, dark space whom he had never smelled.
Clad in a single shift and lying on a coarse grassmat spread upon a pile of tobacco cases and fiftypound
tins of flour, was a young black girl.
There was something furtive and lurking about her that Jerry did not fail to sense, and he had long since
learned that something was wrong when any black lurked or skulked. She cried out with fear as he barked an
alarm and pounced upon her. Even though his teeth scratched her bare arm, she did not strike at him. Not did
she cry out again. She cowered down and trembled and did not fight back. Keeping his teeth locked in the
hold he had got on her flimsy shift, he shook and dragged at her, all the while growling and scolding for her
benefit and yelping a high clamour to bring Skipper or the mate.
In the course of the struggle the girl overbalanced on the boxes and tins and the entire heap collapsed. This
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 16
Page No 19
caused Jerry to yelp a more frenzied alarm, while the blacks, peering in from the cabin, laughed with cruel
enjoyment.
When Skipper arrived, Jerry wagged his stump tail and, with ears laid back, dragged and tugged harder than
ever at the thin cotton of the girl's garment. He expected praise for what he had done, but when Skipper
merely told him to let go, he obeyed with the realization that this lurking, fearstruck creature was somehow
different, and must be treated differently, from other lurking creatures.
Fearstruck she was, as it is given to few humans to be and still live. Van Horn called her his parcel of
trouble, and he was anxious to be rid of the parcel, without, however, the utter annihilation of the parcel. It
was this annihilation which he had saved her from when he bought her in even exchange for a fat pig.
Stupid, worthless, spiritless, sick, not more than a dozen years old, no delight in the eyes of the young men of
her village, she had been consigned by her disappointed parents to the cookingpot. When Captain Van Horn
first encountered her had been when she was the central figure in a lugubrious procession on the banks of the
Balebuli River.
Anything but a beautyhad been his appraisal when he halted the procession for a powwow. Lean from
sickness, her skin mangy with the dry scales of the disease called bukua, she was tied hand and foot and, like
a pig, slung from a stout pole that rested on the shoulders of the bearers, who intended to dine off of her. Too
hopeless to expect mercy, she made no appeal for help, though the horrible fear that possessed her was
eloquent in her wildstaring eyes.
In the universal bechedemer English, Captain Van Horn had learned that she was not regarded with relish
by her companions, and that they were on their way to stake her out up to her neck in the running water of the
Balebuli. But first, before they staked her, their plan was to dislocate her joints and break the big bones of the
arms and legs. This was no religious rite, no placation of the brutish jungle gods. Merely was it a matter of
gastronomy. Living meat, so treated, was made tender and tasty, and, as her companions pointed out, she
certainly needed to be put through such a process. Two days in the water, they told the captain, ought to do
the business. Then they would kill her, build the fire, and invite in a few friends.
After half an hour of bargaining, during which Captain Van Horn had insisted on the worthlessness of the
parcel, he had bought a fat pig worth five dollars and exchanged it for her. Thus, since he had paid for the pig
in trade goods, and since trade goods were rated at a hundred per cent. profit, the girl had actually cost him
two dollars and fifty cents.
And then Captain Van Horn's troubles had begun. He could not get rid of the girl. Too well he knew the
natives of Malaita to turn her over to them anywhere on the island. Chief Ishikola of Su'u had offered five
twenties of drinking coconuts for her, and Bau, a bush chief, had offered two chickens on the beach at Malu.
But this last offer had been accompanied by a sneer, and had tokened the old rascal's scorn of the girl's
scrawniness. Failing to connect with the missionary brig, the Western Cross, on which she would not have
been eaten, Captain Van Horn had been compelled to keep her in the cramped quarters of the Arangi against
a problematical future time when he would be able to turn her over to the missionaries.
But toward him the girl had no heart of gratitude because she had no brain of understanding. She, who had
been sold for a fat pig, considered her pitiful role in the world to be unchanged. Eatee she had been. Eatee she
remained. Her destination merely had been changed, and this big fella white marster of the Arangi would
undoubtedly be her destination when she had sufficiently fattened. His designs on her had been transparent
from the first, when he had tried to feed her up. And she had outwitted him by resolutely eating no more than
would barely keep her alive.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 17
Page No 20
As a result, she, who had lived in the bush all her days and never so much as set foot in a canoe, rocked and
rolled unendingly over the broad ocean in a perpetual nightmare of fear. In the bechede mer that was
current among the blacks of a thousand islands and ten thousand dialects, the Arangi's procession of
passengers assured her of her fate. "My word, you fella Mary," one would say to her, "short time little bit that
big fella white marster kaikai along you." Or, another: "Big fella white marster kaikai along you, my word,
belly belong him walk about too much."
Kaikai was the bechedemer for "eat." Even Jerry knew that. "Eat" did not obtain in his vocabulary; but
kaikai did, and it meant all and more than "eat," for it served for both noun and verb.
But the girl never replied to the jeering of the blacks. For that matter, she never spoke at all, not even to
Captain Van Horn, who did not so much as know her name.
It was late afternoon, after discovering the girl in the lazarette, when Jerry again came on deck. Scarcely had
Skipper, who had carried him up the steep ladder, dropped him on deck than Jerry made a new
discoveryland. He did not see it, but he smelled it. His nose went up in the air and quested to windward
along the wind that brought the message, and he read the air with his nose as a man might read a
newspaperthe salt smells of the seashore and of the dank muck of mangrove swamps at low tide, the spicy
fragrances of tropic vegetation, and the faint, most faint, acrid tingle of smoke from smudgy fires.
The trade, which had laid the Arangi well up under the lee of this outjutting point of Malaita, was now
failing, so that she began to roll in the easy swells with crashings of sheets and tackles and thunderous
flappings of her sails. Jerry no more than cocked a contemptuous quizzical eye at the mainsail anticking
above him. He knew already the empty windiness of its threats, but he was careful of the mainsheet blocks,
and walked around the traveller instead of over it.
While Captain Van Horn, taking advantage of the calm to exercise the boat's crew with the firearms and to
limber up the weapons, was passing out the LeeEnfields from their place on top the cabin skylight, Jerry
suddenly crouched and began to stalk stifflegged. But the wilddog, three feet from his lair under the
tradeboxes, was not unobservant. He watched and snarled threateningly. It was not a nice snarl. In fact, it
was as nasty and savage a snarl as all his life had been nasty and savage. Most small creatures were afraid of
that snarl, but it had no deterrent effect on Jerry, who continued his steady stalking. When the wilddog
sprang for the hole under the boxes, Jerry sprang after, missing his enemy by inches. Tossing overboard bits
of wood, bottles and empty tins, Captain Van Horn ordered the eight eager boat's crew with rifles to turn
loose. Jerry was excited and delighted with the fusillade, and added his puppy yelpings to the noise. As the
empty brass cartridges were ejected, the return boys scrambled on the deck for them, esteeming them as very
precious objects and thrusting them, still warm, into the empty holes in their ears. Their ears were perforated
with many of these holes, the smallest capable of receiving a cartridge, while the larger ones containedclay
pipes, sticks of tobacco, and even boxes of matches. Some of the holes in the earlobes were so huge that
they were plugged with carved wooden cylinders three inches in diameter.
Mate and captain carried automatics in their belts, and with these they turned loose, shooting away clip after
clip to the breathless admiration of the blacks for such marvellous rapidity of fire. The boat's crew were not
even fair shots, but Van Horn, like every captain in the Solomons, knew that the bush natives and saltwater
men were so much worse shots, and knew that the shooting of his boat's crew could be depended uponif
the boat's crew itself did not turn against the ship in a pinch.
At first, Borckman's automatic jammed, and he received a caution from Van Horn for his carelessness in not
keeping it clean and thin oiled. Also, Borckman was twittingly asked how many drinks he had taken, and if
that was what accounted for his shooting being under his average. Borckman explained that he had a touch of
fever, and Van Horn deferred stating his doubts until a few minutes later, squatting in the shade of the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 18
Page No 21
spanker with Jerry in his arms, he told Jerry all about it.
"The trouble with him is the schnapps, Jerry," he explained. "Gott ferdang, it makes me keep all my
watches and half of his. And he says it's the fever. Never believe it, Jerry. It's the schnapps just the plain
schnapps schnapps. An' he's a good sailor man, Jerry, when he's sober. But when he's schnappy
he's sheer lunatic. Then his noddle goes pinwheeling and he's a blighted fool, and he'd snore in a gale and
suffer for sleep in a dead calm. Jerry, you're just beginning to pad those four little soft feet of yours into
the world, so take the advice of one who knows and leave the schnapps alone. Believe me, Jerry, boylisten
to your father schnapps will never buy you anything."
Whereupon, leaving Jerry on deck to stalk the wilddog, Captain Van Horn went below into the tiny
stateroom and took a long drink from the very bottle from which Borckman was stealing.
The stalking of the wilddog became a game, at least to Jerry, who was so made that his heart bore no
malice, and who hugely enjoyed it. Also, it gave him a delightful consciousness of his own mastery, for the
wilddog always fled from him. At least so far as dogs were concerned, Jerry was cock of the deck of the
Arangi. It did not enter his head to query how his conduct affected the wild dog, though, in truth, he led that
individual a wretched existence. Never, except when Jerry was below, did the wild one dare venture more
than several feet from his retreat, and he went about in fear and trembling of the fat rolypoly puppy who
was unafraid of his snarl.
In the late afternoon, Jerry trotted aft, after having administered another lesson to the wilddog, and found
Skipper seated on the deck, back against the low rail, knees drawn up, and gazing absently off to leeward.
Jerry sniffed his bare calfnot that he needed to identify it, but just because he liked to, and in a sort of
friendly greeting. But Van Horn took no notice, continuing to stare out across the sea. Nor was he aware of
the puppy's presence.
Jerry rested the length of his chin on Skipper's knee and gazed long and earnestly into Skipper's face. This
time Skipper knew, and was pleasantly thrilled; but still he gave no sign. Jerry tried a new tack. Skipper's
hand drooped idly, half open, from where the forearm rested on the other knee. Into the partopen hand Jerry
thrust his soft golden muzzle to the eyes and remained quite still. Had he been situated to see, he would have
seen a twinkle in Skipper's eyes, which had been withdrawn from the sea and were looking down upon him.
But Jerry could not see. He kept quiet a little longer, and then gave a prodigious sniff.
This was too much for Skipper, who laughed with such genial heartiness as to lay Jerry's silky ears back and
down in self deprecation of affection and pleadingness to bask in the sunshine of the god's smile. Also,
Skipper's laughter set Jerry's tail wildly bobbing. The halfopen hand closed in a firm grip that gathered in
the slack of the skin of one side of Jerry's head and jowl. Then the hand began to shake him back and forth
with such good will that he was compelled to balance back and forth on all his four feet.
It was bliss to Jerry. Nay, more, it was ecstasy. For Jerry knew there was neither anger nor danger in the
roughness of the shake, and that it was play of the sort that he and Michael had indulged in. On occasion, he
had so played with Biddy and lovingly mauled her about. And, on very rare occasion, Mister Haggin had
lovingly mauled him about. It was speech to Jerry, full of unmistakable meaning.
As the shake grew rougher, Jerry emitted his most ferocious growl, which grew more ferocious with the
increasing violence of the shaking. But that, too, was play, a making believe to hurt the one he liked too well
to hurt. He strained and tugged at the grip, trying to twist his jowl in the slack of skin so as to reach a bite.
When Skipper, with a quick thrust, released him and shoved him clear, he came back, all teeth and growl, to
be again caught and shaken. The play continued, with rising excitement to Jerry. Once, too quick for Skipper,
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 19
Page No 22
he caught his hand between teeth; but he did not bring them together. They pressed lovingly, denting the skin,
but there was no bite in them.
The play grew rougher, and Jerry lost himself in the play. Still playing, he grew so excited that all that had
been feigned became actual. This was battle a struggle against the hand that seized and shook him and thrust
him away. The makebelieve of ferocity passed out of his growls; the ferocity in them became real. Also, in
the moments when he was shoved away and was springing back to the attack, he yelped in highpitched
puppy hysteria. And Captain Van Horn, realizing, suddenly, instead of clutching, extended his hand wide
open in the peace sign that is as ancient as the human hand. At the same time his voice rang out the single
word, "Jerry!" In it was all the imperativeness of reproof and command and all the solicitous insistence of
love.
Jerry knew and was checked back to himself. He was instantly contrite, all soft humility, ears laid back with
pleadingness for forgiveness and protestation of a warm throbbing heart of love. Instantly, from an
openmouthed, fangbristling dog in full career of attack, he melted into a bundle of softness and silkiness,
that trotted to the open hand and kissed it with a tongue that flashed out between white gleaming teeth like a
rosered jewel. And the next moment he was in Skipper's arms, jowl against cheek, and the tongue was again
flashing out in all the articulateness possible for a creature denied speech. It was a veritable lovefeast, as
dear to one as to the other.
"Gottferdang!" Captain Van Horn crooned. "You're nothing but a bunch of highstrung sensitiveness, with
a golden heart in the middle and a golden coat wrapped all around. Gottferdang, Jerry, you're gold, pure
gold, inside and out, and no dog was ever minted like you in all the world. You're heart of gold, you golden
dog, and be good to me and love me as I shall always be good to you and love you for ever and for ever."
And Captain Van Horn, who ruled the Arangi in bare legs, a loin cloth, and a sixpenny undershirt, and ran
cannibal blacks back and forth in the blackbird trade with an automatic strapped to his body waking and
sleeping and with his head forfeit in scores of salt water villages and bush strongholds, and who was
esteemed the toughest skipper in the Solomons where only men who are tough may continue to live and
esteem toughness, blinked with sudden moisture in his eyes, and could not see for the moment the puppy that
quivered all its body of love in his arms and kissed away the salty softness of his eyes.
CHAPTER V
And swift tropic night smote the Arangi, as she alternately rolled in calms and heeled and plunged ahead in
squalls under the lee of the cannibal island of Malaita. It was a stoppage of the southeast trade wind that
made for variable weather, and that made cooking on the exposed deck galley a misery and sent the return
boys, who had nothing to wet but their skins, scuttling below.
The first watch, from eight to twelve, was the mate's; and Captain Van Horn, forced below by the driving wet
of a heavy rain squall, took Jerry with him to sleep in the tiny stateroom. Jerry was weary from the manifold
excitements of the most exciting day in his life; and he was asleep and kicking and growling in his sleep, ere
Skipper, with a last look at him and a grin as he turned the lamp low, muttered aloud: "It's that wilddog,
Jerry. Get him. Shake him. Shake him hard."
So soundly did Jerry sleep, that when the rain, having robbed the atmosphere of its last breath of wind, ceased
and left the stateroom a steaming, suffocating furnace, he did not know when Skipper, panting for air, his loin
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 20
Page No 23
cloth and undershirt soaked with sweat, arose, tucked blanket and pillow under his arm, and went on deck.
Jerry only awakened when a huge threeinch cockroach nibbled at the sensitive and hairless skin between his
toes. He awoke kicking the offended foot, and gazed at the cockroach that did not scuttle, but that walked
dignifiedly away. He watched it join other cockroaches that paraded the floor. Never had he seen so many
gathered together at one time, and never had he seen such large ones. They were all of a size, and they were
everywhere. Long lines of them poured out of cracks in the walls and descended to join their fellows on the
floor.
The thing was indecentat least, in Jerry's mind, it was not to be tolerated. Mister Haggin, Derby, and Bob
had never tolerated cockroaches, and their rules were his rules. The cockroach was the eternal tropic enemy.
He sprang at the nearest, pouncing to crush it to the floor under his paws. But the thing did what he had never
known a cockroach to do. It arose in the air strongflighted as a bird. And as if at a signal, all the multitude of
cockroaches took wings of flight and filled the room with their flutterings and circlings.
He attacked the winged host, leaping into the air, snapping at the flying vermin, trying to knock them down
with his paws. Occasionally he succeeded and destroyed one; nor did the combat cease until all the
cockroaches, as if at another signal, disappeared into the many cracks, leaving the room to him.
Quickly, his next thought was: Where is Skipper? He knew he was not in the room, though he stood up on his
hindlegs and investigated the low bunk, his keen little nose quivering delightedly while he made little sniffs
of delight as he smelled the recent presence of Skipper. And what made his nose quiver and sniff, likewise
made his stump of a tail bob back and forth.
But where was Skipper? It was a thought in his brain that was as sharp and definite as a similar thought
would be in a human brain. And it similarly preceded action. The door had been left hooked open, and Jerry
trotted out into the cabin where half a hundred blacks made queer sleepmoanings, and sighings, and
snorings. They were packed closely together, covering the floor as well as the long sweep of bunks, so that he
was compelled to crawl over their naked legs. And there was no white god about to protect him. He knew it,
but was unafraid.
Having made sure that Skipper was not in the cabin, Jerry prepared for the perilous ascent of the steep steps
that were almost a ladder, then recollected the lazarette. In he trotted and sniffed at the sleeping girl in the
cotton shift who believed that Van Horn was going to eat her if he could succeed in fattening her.
Back at the laddersteps, he looked up and waited in the hope that Skipper might appear from above and
carry him up. Skipper had passed that way, he knew, and he knew for two reasons. It was the only way he
could have passed, and Jerry's nose told him that he had passed. His first attempt to climb the steps began
well. Not until a third of the way up, as the Arangi rolled in a sea and recovered with a jerk, did he slip and
fall. Two or three boys awoke and watched him while they prepared and chewed betel nut and lime wrapped
in green leaves.
Twice, barely started, Jerry slipped back, and more boys, awakened by their fellows, sat up and enjoyed his
plight. In the fourth attempt he managed to gain half way up before he fell, coming down heavily on his side.
This was hailed with low laughter and querulous chirpings that might well have come from the throats of
huge birds. He regained his feet, absurdly bristled the hair on his shoulders and absurdly growled his high
disdain of these lesser, twolegged things that came and went and obeyed the wills of great, whiteskinned,
twolegged gods such as Skipper and Mister Haggin.
Undeterred by his heavy fall, Jerry essayed the ladder again. A temporary easement of the Arangi's rolling
gave him his opportunity, so that his forefeet were over the high combing of the companion when the next
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 21
Page No 24
big roll came. He held on by main strength of his bent forelegs, then scrambled over and out on deck.
Amidships, squatting on the deck near the skylight, he investigated several of the boat's crew and Lerumie.
He identified them circumspectly, going suddenly stifflegged as Lerumie made a low, hissing, menacing
noise. Aft, at the wheel, he found a black steering, and, near him, the mate keeping the watch. Just as the
mate spoke to him and stooped to pat him, Jerry whiffed Skipper somewhere near at hand. With a
conciliating, apologetic bob of his tail, he trotted on up wind and came upon Skipper on his back, rolled in a
blanket so that only his head stuck out, and sound asleep.
First of all Jerry needs must joyfully sniff him and joyfully wag his tail. But Skipper did not awake and a fine
spray of rain, almost as thin as mist, made Jerry curl up and press closely into the angle formed by Skipper's
head and shoulder. This did awake him, for he uttered "Jerry" in a low, crooning voice, and Jerry responded
with a touch of his cold damp nose to the other's cheek. And then Skipper went to sleep again. But not Jerry.
He lifted the edge of the blanket with his nose and crawled across the shoulder until he was altogether inside.
This roused Skipper, who, half asleep, helped him to curl up.
Still Jerry was not satisfied, and he squirmed around until he lay in the hollow of Skipper's arm, his head
resting on Skipper's shoulder, when, with a profound sigh of content, he fell asleep.
Several times the noises made by the boat's crew in trimming the sheets to the shifting draught of air roused
Van Horn, and each time, remembering the puppy, he pressed him caressingly with his hollowed arm. And
each time, in his sleep, Jerry stirred responsively and snuggled cosily to him.
For all that he was a remarkable puppy, Jerry had his limitations, and he could never know the effect
produced on the hardbitten captain by the soft warm contact of his velvet body. But it made the captain
remember back across the years to his own girl babe asleep on his arm. And so poignantly did he remember,
that he became wide awake, and many pictures, beginning, with the girl babe, burned their torment in his
brain. No white man in the Solomons knew what he carried about with him, waking and often sleeping; and it
was because of these pictures that he had come to the Solomons in a vain effort to erase them.
First, memoryprodded by the soft puppy in his arm, he saw the girl and the mother in the little Harlem flat.
Small, it was true, but tightpacked with the happiness of three that made it heaven.
He saw the girl's flaxenyellow hair darken to her mother's gold as it lengthened into curls and ringlets until
finally it became two thick long braids. From striving not to see these many pictures he came even to
dwelling upon them in the effort so to fill his consciousness as to keep out the one picture he did not want to
see.
He remembered his work, the wrecking car, and the wrecking crew that had toiled under him, and he
wondered what had become of Clancey, his righthand man. Came the long day, when, routed from bed at
three in the morning to dig a surface car out of the wrecked show windows of a drug store and get it back on
the track, they had laboured all day clearing up a halfdozen smashups and arrived at the car house at nine
at night just as another call came in.
"Glory be!" said Clancey, who lived in the next block from him. He could see him saying it and wiping the
sweat from his grimy face. "Glory be, 'tis a small matter at most, an' right in our neighbourhoodnot a dozen
blocks away. Soon as it's done we can beat it for home an' let the downtown boys take the car back to the
shop."
"We've only to jack her up for a moment," he had answered.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 22
Page No 25
"What is it?" Billy Jaffers, another of the crew, asked.
"Somebody run overcan't get them out," he said, as they swung on board the wreckingcar and started.
He saw again all the incidents of the long run, not omitting the delay caused by hosecarts and a
hookandladder running to a cross town fire, during which time he and Clancey had joked Jaffers over the
dates with various fictitious damsels out of which he had been cheated by the night's extra work.
Came the long line of stalled streetcars, the crowd, the police holding it back, the two ambulances drawn up
and waiting their freight, and the young policeman, whose beat it was, white and shaken, greeting him with:
"It's horrible, man. It's fair sickening. Two of them. We can't get them out. I tried. One was still living, I
think."
But he, strong man and hearty, used to such work, weary with the hard day and with a pleasant picture of the
bright little flat waiting him a dozen blocks away when the job was done, spoke cheerfully, confidently,
saying that he'd have them out in a jiffy, as he stooped and crawled under the car on hands and knees.
Again he saw himself as he pressed the switch of his electric torch and looked. Again he saw the twin braids
of heavy golden hair ere his thumb relaxed from the switch, leaving him in darkness.
"Is the one alive yet?" the shaken policeman asked.
And the question was repeated, while he struggled for will power sufficient to press on the light.
He heard himself reply, "I'll tell you in a minute."
Again he saw himself look. For a long minute he looked.
"Both dead," he answered quietly. "Clancey, pass in a number three jack, and get under yourself with another
at the other end of the truck."
He lay on his back, staring straight up at one single star that rocked mistily through a thinning of cloudstuff
overhead. The old ache was in his throat, the old harsh dryness in mouth and eyes. And he knewwhat no
other man knewwhy he was in the Solomons, skipper of the teakbuilt yacht Arangi, running niggers,
risking his head, and drinking more Scotch whiskey than was good for any man.
Not since that night had he looked with warm eyes on any woman. And he had been noted by other whites as
notoriously cold toward pickanninnies white or black.
But, having visioned the ultimate horror of memory, Van Horn was soon able to fall asleep again, delightfully
aware, as he drowsed off, of Jerry's head on his shoulder. Once, when Jerry, dreaming of the beach at
Meringe and of Mister Haggin, Biddy, Terrence, and Michael, set up a low whimpering, Van Horn roused
sufficiently to soothe him closer to him, and to mutter ominously: "Any nigger that'd hurt that pup. . . "
At midnight when the mate touched him on the shoulder, in the moment of awakening and before he was
awake Van Horn did two things automatically and swiftly. He darted his right hand down to the pistol at his
hip, and muttered: "Any nigger that'd hurt that pup . . ."
"That'll be Kopo Point abreast," Borckman explained, as both men stared to windward at the high loom of the
land. "She hasn't made more than ten miles, and no promise of anything steady."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 23
Page No 26
"There's plenty of stuff making up there, if it'll ever come down," Van Horn said, as both men transferred
their gaze to the clouds drifting with many breaks across the dim stars.
Scarcely had the mate fetched a blanket from below and turned in on deck, than a brisk steady breeze sprang
up from off the land, sending the Arangi through the smooth water at a nineknot clip. For a time Jerry tried
to stand the watch with Skipper, but he soon curled up and dozed off, partly on the deck and partly on
Skipper's bare feet.
When Skipper carried him to the blanket and rolled him in, he was quickly asleep again; and he was quickly
awake, out of the blanket, and padding after along the deck as Skipper paced up and down. Here began
another lesson, and in five minutes Jerry learned it was the will of Skipper that he should remain in the
blanket, that everything was all right, and that Skipper would be up and down and near him all the time.
At four the mate took charge of the deck.
"Reeled off thirty miles," Van Horn told him. "But now it is baffling again. Keep an eye for squalls under the
land. Better throw the halyards down on deck and make the watch stand by. Of course they'll sleep, but make
them sleep on the halyards and sheets."
Jerry roused to Skipper's entrance under the blanket, and, quite as if it were a longestablished custom, curled
in between his arm and side, and, after one happy sniff and one kiss of his cool little tongue, as Skipper
pressed his cheek against him caressingly, dozed off to sleep.
Half an hour later, to all intents and purposes, so far as Jerry could or could not comprehend, the world might
well have seemed suddenly coming to an end. What awoke him was the flying leap of Skipper that sent the
blanket one way and Jerry the other. The deck of the Arangi had become a wall, down which Jerry slipped
through the roaring dark. Every rope and shroud was thrumming and screeching in resistance to the fierce
weight of the squall.
"Stand by main halyards!Jump!" he could hear Skipper shouting loudly; also he heard the high note of the
mainsheet screaming across the sheaves as Van Horn, bending braces in the dark, was swiftly slacking the
sheet through his scorching palms with a single turn on the cleat.
While all this, along with many other noises, squealings of boat boys and shouts of Borckman, was
impacting on Jerry's eardrums, he was still sliding down the steep deck of his new and unstable world. But
he did not bring up against the rail where his fragile ribs might well have been broken. Instead, the warm
ocean water, pouring inboard across the buried rail in a flood of pale phosphorescent fire, cushioned his fall.
A raffle of trailing ropes entangled him as he struck out to swim.
And he swam, not to save his life, not with the fear of death upon him. There was but one idea in his mind.
Where was Skipper? Not that he had any thought of trying to save Skipper, nor that he might be of assistance
to him. It was the heart of love that drives one always toward the beloved. As the mother in catastrophe tries
to gain her babe, as the Greek who, dying, remembered sweet Argos, as soldiers on a stricken field pass with
the names of their women upon their lips, so Jerry, in this wreck of a world, yearned toward Skipper.
The squall ceased as abruptly as it had struck. The Arangi righted with a jerk to an even keel, leaving Jerry
stranded in the starboard scuppers. He trotted across the level deck to Skipper, who, standing erect on
widespread legs, the bight of the mainsheet still in his hand, was exclaiming:
"Gottferdang! Wind he go! Rain he no come!"
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 24
Page No 27
He felt Jerry's cool nose against his bare calf, heard his joyous sniff, and bent and caressed him. In the
darkness he could not see, but his heart warmed with knowledge that Jerry's tail was surely bobbing.
Many of the frightened return boys had crowded on deck, and their plaintive, querulous voices sounded like
the sleepy noises of a roost of birds. Borckman came and stood by Van Horn's shoulder, and both men, strung
to their tones in the tenseness of apprehension, strove to penetrate the surrounding blackness with their eyes,
while they listened with all their ears for any message of the elements from sea and air.
"Where's the rain?" Borckman demanded peevishly. "Always wind first, the rain follows and kills the wind.
There is no rain."
Van Horn still stared and listened, and made no answer.
The anxiety of the two men was sensed by Jerry, who, too, was on his toes. He pressed his cool nose to
Skipper's leg, and the rosekiss of his tongue brought him the salt taste of seawater.
Skipper bent suddenly, rolled Jerry with quick toughness into the blanket, and deposited him in the hollow
between two sacks of yams lashed on deck aft of the mizzenmast. As an afterthought, he fastened the blanket
with a piece of rope yarn, so that Jerry was as if tied in a sack.
Scarcely was this finished when the spanker smashed across overhead, the headsails thundered with a sudden
filling, and the great mainsail, with all the scope in the boomtackle caused by Van Horn's giving of the
sheet, came across and fetched up to tautness on the tackle with a crash that shook the vessel and heeled her
violently to port. This second knockdown had come from the opposite direction, and it was mightier than
the first.
Jerry heard Skipper's voice ring out, first, to the mate: "Stand by mainhalyards! Throw off the turns! I'll take
care of the tackle!"; and, next, to some of the boat's crew: "Batto! you fella slack spanker tackle quick fella!
Ranga! you fella let go spanker sheet!"
Here Van Horn was swept off his legs by an avalanche of return boys who had cluttered the deck with the
first squall. The squirming mass, of which he was part, slid down into the barbed wire of the port rail beneath
the surface of the sea.
Jerry was so secure in his nook that he did not roll away. But when he heard Skipper's commands cease, and,
seconds later, heard his cursings in the barbed wire, he set up a shrill yelping and clawed and scratched
frantically at the blanket to get out. Something had happened to Skipper. He knew that. It was all that he
knew, for he had no thought of himself in the chaos of the ruining world.
But he ceased his yelping to listen to a new noisea thunderous slatting of canvas accompanied by shouts
and cries. He sensed, and sensed wrongly, that it boded ill, for he did not know that it was the mainsail being
lowered on the run after Skipper had slashed the boomtackle across with his sheathknife.
As the pandemonium grew, he added his own yelping to it until he felt a fumbling hand without the blanket.
He stilled and sniffed. No, it was not Skipper. He sniffed again and recognized the person. It was Lerumie,
the black whom he had seen rolled on the beach by Biddy only the previous morning, who, still were
recently, had kicked him on his stub of a tail, and who not more than a week before he had seen throw a rock
at Terrence.
The rope yarn had been parted, and Lerumie's fingers were feeling inside the blanket for him. Jerry snarled
his wickedest. The thing was sacrilege. He, as a white man's dog, was taboo to all blacks. He had early
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 25
Page No 28
learned the law that no nigger must ever touch a white god's dog. Yet Lerumie, who was all of evil, at this
moment when the world crashed about their ears, was daring to touch him.
And when the fingers touched him, his teeth closed upon them. Next, he was clouted by the black's free hand
with such force as to tear his clenched teeth down the fingers through skin and flesh until the fingers went
clear.
Raging like a tiny fiend, Jerry found himself picked up by the neck, halfthrottled, and flung through the air.
And while flying through the air, he continued to squall his rage. He fell into the sea and went under, gulping
a mouthful of salt water into his lungs, and came up strangling but swimming. Swimming was one of the
things he did not have to think about. He had never had to learn to swim, any more than he had had to learn to
breathe. In fact, he had been compelled to learn to walk; but he swam as a matter of course.
The wind screamed about him. Flying froth, driven on the wind's breath, filled his mouth and nostrils and
beat into his eyes, stinging and blinding him. In the struggle to breathe he, all unlearned in the ways of the
sea, lifted his muzzle high in the air to get out of the suffocating welter. As a result, off the horizontal, the
churning of his legs no longer sustained him, and he went down and under perpendicularly. Again he
emerged, strangling with more salt water in his windpipe. This time, without reasoning it out, merely moving
along the line of least resistance, which was to him the line of greatest comfort, he straightened out in the sea
and continued so to swim as to remain straightened out.
Through the darkness, as the squall spent itself, came the slatting of the halflowered mainsail, the shrill
voices of the boat's crew, a curse of Borckman's, and, dominating all, Skipper's voice, shouting:
"Grab the leech, you fella boys! Hang on! Drag down strong fella! Come in mainsheet two blocks! Jump,
damn you, jump!"
CHAPTER VI
At recognition of Skipper's voice, Jerry, floundering in the stiff and crisping sea that sprang up with the
easement of the wind, yelped eagerly and yearningly, all his love for his newfound beloved eloquent in his
throat. But quickly all sounds died away as the Arangi drifted from him. And then, in the loneliness of the
dark, on the heaving breast of the sea that he recognized as one more of the eternal enemies, he began to
whimper and cry plaintively like a lost child.
Further, by the dim, shadowy ways of intuition, he knew his weakness in that merciless sea with no heart of
warmth, that threatened the unknowable thing, vaguely but terribly guessed, namely, death. As regarded
himself, he did not comprehend death. He, who had never known the time when he was not alive, could not
conceive of the time when he would cease to be alive.
Yet it was there, shouting its message of warning through every tissue cell, every nerve quickness and brain
sensitivity of hima totality of sensation that foreboded the ultimate catastrophe of life about which he knew
nothing at all, but which, nevertheless, he felt to be the conclusive supreme disaster. Although he did not
comprehend it, he apprehended it no less poignantly than do men who know and generalize far more deeply
and widely than mere fourlegged dogs.
As a man struggles in the throes of nightmare, so Jerry struggled in the vexed, saltsuffocating sea. And so he
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 26
Page No 29
whimpered and cried, lost child, lost puppydog that he was, only half a year existent in the fair world sharp
with joy and suffering. And he wanted Skipper. Skipper was a god.
On board the Arangi, relieved by the lowering of her mainsail, as the fierceness went out of the wind and the
cloudburst of tropic rain began to fall, Van Horn and Borckman lurched toward each other in the blackness.
"A double squall," said Van Horn. "Hit us to starboard and to port."
"Must asplit in half just before she hit us," the mate concurred.
"And kept all the rain in the second half"
Van Horn broke off with an oath.
"Hey! What's the matter along you fella boy?" he shouted to the man at the wheel.
For the ketch, under her spanker which had just then been flat hauled, had come into the wind, emptying her
aftersail and permitting her headsails to fill on the other tack. The Arangi was beginning to work back
approximately over the course she had just traversed. And this meant that she was going back toward Jerry
floundering in the sea. Thus, the balance, on which his life titubated, was inclined in his favour by the blunder
of a black steersman.
Keeping the Arangi on the new tack, Van Horn set Borckman clearing the mess of ropes on deck, himself,
squatting in the rain, undertaking to longsplice the tackle he had cut. As the rain thinned, so that the crackle
of it on deck became less noisy, he was attracted by a sound from out over the water. He suspended the work
of his hands to listen, and, when he recognized Jerry's wailing, sprang to his feet, galvanized into action.
"The pup's overboard!" he shouted to Borckman. "Back your jib to wind'ard!"
He sprang aft, scattering a cluster of return boys right and left.
"Hey! You fella boat's crew! Come in spanker sheet! Flatten her down good fella!"
He darted a look into the binnacle and took a hurried compass bearing of the sounds Jerry was making.
"Hard down your wheel!" he ordered the helmsman, then leaped to the wheel and put it down himself,
repeating over and over aloud, "Nor'east by east a quarter, nor'east by east a quarter."
Back and peering into the binnacle, he listened vainly for another wail from Jerry in the hope of verifying his
first hasty bearing. But not long he waited. Despite the fact that by his manoeuvre the Arangi had been hove
to, he knew that windage and seadriftage would quickly send her away from the swimming puppy. He
shouted Borckman to come aft and haul in the whaleboat, while he hurried below for his electric torch and a
boat compass.
The ketch was so small that she was compelled to tow her one whaleboat astern on long double painters, and
by the time the mate had it hauled in under the stern, Van Horn was back. He was undeterred by the barbed
wire, lifting boy after boy of the boat's crew over it and dropping them sprawling into the boat, following
himself, as the last, by swinging over on the spanker boom, and calling his last instructions as the painters
were cast off.
"Get a riding light on deck, Borckman. Keep her hove to. Don't hoist the mainsail. Clean up the decks and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 27
Page No 30
bend the watch tackle on the main boom."
He took the steeringsweep and encouraged the rowers with: "Washee washee, good fella,
washeewashee!"which is the bechedemer for "row hard."
As he steered, he kept flashing the torch on the boat compass so that he could keep headed northeast by east
a quarter east. Then he remembered that the boat compass, on such course, deviated two whole points from
the Arangi's compass, and altered his own course accordingly.
Occasionally he bade the rowers cease, while he listened and called for Jerry. He had them row in circles, and
work back and forth, up to windward and down to leeward, over the area of dark sea that he reasoned must
contain the puppy.
"Now you fella boy listen ear belong you," he said, toward the first. "Maybe one fella boy hear 'm pickaninny
dog sing out, I give 'm that fella boy five fathom calico, two ten sticks tobacco."
At the end of half an hour he was offering "Two ten fathoms calico and ten ten sticks tobacco" to the boy
who first heard "pickaninny dog sing out."
Jerry was in bad shape. Not accustomed to swimming, strangled by the salt water that lapped into his open
mouth, he was getting loggy when first he chanced to see the flash of the captain's torch. This, however, he
did not connect with Skipper, and so took no more notice of it than he did of the first stars showing in the
sky. It never entered his mind that it might be a star nor even that it might not be a star. He continued to wail
and to strangle with more salt water. But when he at length heard Skipper's voice he went immediately wild.
He attempted to stand up and to rest his forepaws on Skipper's voice coming out of the darkness, as he would
have rested his forepaws on Skipper's leg had he been near. The result was disastrous. Out of the horizontal,
he sank down and under, coming up with a new spasm of strangling.
This lasted for a short time, during which the strangling prevented him from answering Skipper's cry, which
continued to reach him. But when he could answer he burst forth in a joyous yelp. Skipper was coming to
take him out of the stinging, biting sea that blinded his eyes and hurt him to breathe. Skipper was truly a god,
his god, with a god's power to save.
Soon he heard the rhythmic clack of the oars on the tholepins, and the joy in his own yelp was duplicated by
the joy in Skipper's voice, which kept up a running encouragement, broken by objurgations to the rowers.
"All right, Jerry, old man. All right, Jerry. All right.Washee washee, you fella boy!Coming, Jerry,
coming. Stick it out, old man. Stay with it.Washeewashee like hell!Here we are, Jerry. Stay with it.
Hang on, old boy, we'll get you.Easy . . . easy. 'Vast washee."
And then, with amazing abruptness, Jerry saw the whaleboat dimly emerge from the gloom close upon him,
was blinded by the stab of the torch full in his eyes, and, even as he yelped his joy, felt and recognized
Skipper's hand clutching him by the slack of the neck and lifting him into the air.
He landed wet and soppily against Skipper's rainwet chest, his tail bobbing frantically against Skipper's
containing arm, his body wriggling, his tongue dabbing madly all over Skipper's chin and mouth and cheeks
and nose. And Skipper did not know that he was himself wet, and that he was in the first shock of recurrent
malaria precipitated by the wet and the excitement. He knew only that the puppydog, given him only the
previous morning, was safe back in his arms.
While the boat's crew bent to the oars, he steered with the sweep between his arm and his side in order that he
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 28
Page No 31
might hold Jerry with the other arm.
"You little son of a gun," he crooned, and continued to croon, over and over. "You little son of a gun."
And Jerry responded with tonguekisses, whimpering and crying as is the way of lost children immediately
after they are found. Also, he shivered violently. But it was not from the cold. Rather was it due to his
overstrung, sensitive nerves.
Again on board, Van Horn stated his reasoning to the mate.
"The pup didn't just calmly walk overboard. Nor was he washed overboard. I had him fast and triced in the
blanket with a rope yarn."
He walked over, the centre of the boat's crew and of the threescore return boys who were all on deck, and
flashed his torch on the blanket still lying on the yams.
"That proves it. The ropeyarn's cut. The knot's still in it. Now what nigger is responsible?"
He looked about at the circle of dark faces, flashing the light on them, and such was the accusation and anger
in his eyes, that all eyes fell before his or looked away.
"If only the pup could speak," he complained. "He'd tell who it was."
He bent suddenly down to Jerry, who was standing as close against his legs as he could, so close that his wet
forepaws rested on Skipper's bare feet.
"You know 'm, Jerry, you known the black fella boy," he said, his words quick and exciting, his hand moving
in questing circles toward the blacks.
Jerry was all alive on the instant, jumping about, barking with short yelps of eagerness.
"I do believe the dog could lead me to him," Van Horn confided to the mate. "Come on, Jerry, find 'm, sick
'm, shake 'm down. Where is he, Jerry? Find 'm. Find 'm."
All that Jerry knew was that Skipper wanted something. He must find something that Skipper wanted, and he
was eager to serve. He pranced about aimlessly and willingly for a space, while Skipper's urging cries
increased his excitement. Then he was struck by an idea, and a most definite idea it was. The circle of boys
broke to let him through as he raced for'ard along the starboard side to the tightlashed heap of tradeboxes.
He put his nose into the opening where the wilddog laired, and sniffed. Yes, the wilddog was inside. Not
only did he smell him, but he heard the menace of his snarl.
He looked up to Skipper questioningly. Was it that Skipper wanted him to go in after the wilddog? But
Skipper laughed and waved his hand to show that he wanted him to search in other places for something else.
He leaped away, sniffing in likely places where experience had taught him cockroaches and rats might be.
Yet it quickly dawned on him that it was not such things Skipper was after. His heart was wild with desire to
serve, and, without clear purpose, he began sniffing legs of black boys.
This brought livelier urgings and encouragements from Skipper, and made him almost frantic. That was it. He
must identify the boat's crew and the return boys by their legs. He hurried the task, passing swiftly from boy
to boy, until he came to Lerumie.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 29
Page No 32
And then he forgot that Skipper wanted him to do something. All he knew was that it was Lerumie who had
broken the taboo of his sacred person by laying hands on him, and that it was Lerumie who had thrown him
overboard.
With a cry of rage, a flash of white teeth, and a bristle of short neckhair, he sprang for the black. Lerumie
fled down the deck, and Jerry pursued amid the laughter of all the blacks. Several times, in making the circuit
of the deck, he managed to scratch the flying calves with his teeth. Then Lerumie took to the main rigging,
leaving Jerry impotently to rage on the deck beneath him.
About this point the blacks grouped in a semicircle at a respectful distance, with Van Horn to the fore beside
Jerry. Van Horn centred his electric torch on the black in the rigging, and saw the long parallel scratches on
the fingers of the hand that had invaded Jerry's blanket. He pointed them out significantly to Borckman, who
stood outside the circle so that no black should be able to come at his back.
Skipper picked Jerry up and soothed his anger with:
"Good boy, Jerry. You marked and sealed him. Some dog, you, some big mandog."
He turned back to Lerumie, illuminating him as he clung in the rigging, and his voice was harsh and cold as
he addressed him.
"What name belong along you fella boy?" he demanded.
"Me fella Lerumie," came the chirping, quavering answer.
"You come along Pennduffryn?"
"Me come along Meringe."
Captain Van Horn debated the while he fondled the puppy in his arms. After all, it was a return boy. In a day,
in two days at most, he would have him landed and be quit of him.
"My word," he harangued, "me angry along you. Me angry big fella too much along you. Me angry along you
any amount. What name you fella boy make 'm pickaninny dog belong along me walk about along water?"
Lerumie was unable to answer. He rolled his eyes helplessly, resigned to receive a whipping such as he had
long since bitterly learned white masters were wont to administer.
Captain Van Horn repeated the question, and the black repeated the helpless rolling of his eyes.
"For two sticks tobacco I knock 'm seven bells outa you," the skipper bullied. "Now me give you strong fella
talk too much. You look 'm eye belong you one time along this fella dog belong me, I knock 'm seven bells
and whole starboard watch outa you. Savve?"
"Me savve," Lerumie, plaintively replied; and the episode was closed.
The return boys went below to sleep in the cabin. Borckman and the boat's crew hoisted the mainsail and put
the Arangi on her course. And Skipper, under a dry blanket from below, lay down to sleep with Jerry, head
on his shoulder, in the hollow of his arm.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 30
Page No 33
CHAPTER VII
At seven in the morning, when Skipper rolled him out of the blanket and got up, Jerry celebrated the new day
by chasing the wilddog back into his hole and by drawing a snicker from the blacks on deck, when, with a
growl and a flash of teeth, he made Lerumie sidestep half a dozen feet and yield the deck to him.
He shared breakfast with Skipper, who, instead of eating, washed down with a cup of coffee fifty grains of
quinine wrapped in a cigarette paper, and who complained to the mate that he would have to get under the
blankets and sweat out the fever that was attacking him. Despite his chill, and despite his teeth that were
already beginning to chatter while the burning sun extracted the moisture in curling mistwreaths from the
deck planking, Van Horn cuddled Jerry in his arms and called him princeling, and prince, and a king, and a
son of kings.
For Van Horn had often listened to the recitals of Jerry's pedigree by Tom Haggin, over Scotchandsodas,
when it was too pestilentially hot to go to bed. And the pedigree was as royalblooded as was possible for an
Irish terrier to possess, whose breed, beginning with the ancient Irish wolfhound, had been moulded and
established by man in less than two generations of men.
There was Terrence the Magnificentdescended, as Van Horn remembered, from the Americanbred
Milton Droleen, out of the Queen of County Antrim, Breda Muddler, which royal bitch, as every one who is
familiar with the stud book knows, goes back as far as the almost mythical Spuds, with along the way no
primrose dallyings with black andtan Killeney Boys and Welsh nondescripts. And did not Biddy trace to
Erin, mother and star of the breed, through a long descendant out of Breda Mixer, herself an ancestress of
Breda Muddler? Nor could be omitted from the purple record the later ancestress, Moya Doolen.
So Jerry knew the ecstasy of loving and of being loved in the arms of his lovegod, although little he knew of
such phrases as "king's son" and "son of kings," save that they connoted love for him in the same way that
Lerumie's hissing noises connoted hate. One thing Jerry knew without knowing that he knew, namely, that in
the few hours he had been with Skipper he loved him more than he had loved Derby and Bob, who, with the
exception of Mister Haggin, were the only other whitegods he had ever known. He was not conscious of
this. He merely loved, merely acted on the prompting of his heart, or head, or whatever organic or anatomical
part of him that developed the mysterious, delicious, and insatiable hunger called "love."
Skipper went below. He went all unheeding of Jerry, who padded softly at his heels until the companionway
was reached. Skipper was unheeding of Jerry because of the fever that wrenched his flesh and chilled his
bones, that made his head seem to swell monstrously, that glazed the world to his swimming eyes and made
him walk feebly and totteringly like a drunken man or a man very aged. And Jerry sensed that something was
wrong with Skipper.
Skipper, beginning the babblings of delirium which alternated with silent moments of control in order to get
below and under blankets, descended the ladderlike stairs, and Jerry, allyearning, controlled himself in
silence and watched the slow descent with the hope that when Skipper reached the bottom he would raise his
arms and lift him down. But Skipper was too far gone to remember that Jerry existed. He staggered, with
widespread arms to keep from falling, along the cabin floor for'ard to the bunk in the tiny stateroom.
Jerry was truly of a kingly line. He wanted to call out and beg to be taken down. But he did not. He controlled
himself, he knew not why, save that he was possessed by a nebulous awareness that Skipper must be
considered as a god should be considered, and that this was no time to obtrude himself on Skipper. His heart
was torn with desire, although he made no sound, and he continued only to yearn over the companion
combing and to listen to the faint sounds of Skipper's progress for'ard.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 31
Page No 34
But even kings and their descendants have their limitations, and at the end of a quarter of an hour Jerry was
ripe to cease from his silence. With the going below of Skipper, evidently in great trouble, the light had gone
out of the day for Jerry. He might have stalked the wilddog, but no inducement lay there. Lerumie passed by
unnoticed, although he knew he could bully him and make him give deck space. The myriad scents of the
land entered his keen nostrils, but he made no note of them. Not even the flopping, bellying mainsail
overhead, as the Arangi rolled becalmed, could draw a glance of quizzical regard from him.
Just as it was tremblingly imperative that Jerry must suddenly squat down, point his nose at the zenith, and
vocalize his heartrending woe, an idea came to him. There is no explaining how this idea came. No more
can it be explained than can a human explain why, at luncheon today, he selects green peas and rejects
string beans, when only yesterday he elected to choose string beans and to reject green peas. No more can it
be explained than can a human judge, sentencing a convicted criminal and imposing eight years
imprisonment instead of the five or nine years that also at the same time floated upward in his brain, explain
why he categorically determined on eight years as the just, adequate punishment. Since not even humans,
who are almost halfgods, can fathom the mystery of the genesis of ideas and the dictates of choice,
appearing in their consciousness as ideas, it is not to be expected of a more dog to know the why of the ideas
that animate it to definite acts toward definite ends.
And so Jerry. Just as he must immediately howl, he was aware that the idea, an entirely different idea, was
there, in the innermost centre of the quickthinkingness of him, with all its compulsion. He obeyed the idea
as a marionette obeys the strings, and started forthwith down the deck aft in quest of the mate.
He had an appeal to make to Borckman. Borckman was also a two legged whitegod. Easily could
Borckman lift him down the precipitous ladder, which was to him, unaided, a taboo, the violation of which
was pregnant with disaster. But Borckman had in him little of the heart of love, which is understanding. Also,
Borckman was busy. Besides overseeing the continuous adjustment, by trimming of sails and orders to the
helmsman, of the Arangi to her way on the sea, and overseeing the boat's crew at its task of washing deck and
polishing brasswork, he was engaged in steadily nipping from a stolen bottle of his captain's whiskey which
he had stowed away in the hollow between the two sacks of yams lashed on deck aft the mizzenmast.
Borckman was on his way for another nip, after having thickly threatened to knock seven bells and the ten
commandments out of the black at the wheel for faulty steering, when Jerry appeared before him and blocked
the way to his desire. But Jerry did not block him as he would have blocked Lerumie, for instance. There was
no showing of teeth, no bristling of neck hair. Instead, Jerry was all placation and appeal, all softness of
pleading in a body denied speech that nevertheless was articulate, from wagging tail and wriggling sides to
flatlaid ears and eyes that almost spoke, to any human sensitive of understanding.
But Borckman saw in his way only a fourlegged creature of the brute world, which, in his arrogant
brutalness he esteemed more brute than himself. All the pretty picture of the soft puppy, instinct with
communicativeness, bursting with tenderness of petition, was veiled to his vision. What he saw was merely a
fourlegged animal to be thrust aside while he continued his lordly twolegged progress toward the bottle
that could set maggots crawling in his brain and make him dream dreams that he was prince, not peasant, that
he was a master of matter rather than a slave of matter.
And thrust aside Jerry was, by a rough and naked foot, as harsh and unfeeling in its impact as an inanimate
breaking sea on a beachjut of insensate rock. He halfsprawled on the slippery deck, regained his balance,
and stood still and looked at the whitegod who had treated him so cavalierly. The meanness and unfairness
had brought from Jerry no snarling threat of retaliation, such as he would have offered Lerumie or any other
black. Nor in his brain was any thought of retaliation. This was no Lerumie. This was a superior god,
twolegged, whiteskinned, like Skipper, like Mister Haggin and the couple of other superior gods he had
known. Only did he know hurt, such as any child knows under the blow of a thoughtless or unloving mother.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 32
Page No 35
In the hurt was mingled a resentment. He was keenly aware that there were two sorts of roughness. There was
the kindly roughness of love, such as when Skipper gripped him by the jowl, shook him till his teeth rattled,
and thrust him away with an unmistakable invitation to come back and be so shaken again. Such roughness,
to Jerry, was heaven. In it was the intimacy of contact with a beloved god who in such manner elected to
express a reciprocal love.
But this roughness of Borckman was different. It was the other kind of roughness in which resided no warm
affection, no hearttouch of love. Jerry did not quite understand, but he sensed the difference and resented,
without expressing in action, the wrongness and unfairness of it. So he stood, after regaining balance, and
soberly regarded, in a vain effort to understand, the mate with a bottle bottom inverted skyward, the mouth
to his lips, the while his throat made gulping contractions and noises. And soberly he continued to regard the
mate when he went aft and threatened to knock the "Song of Songs" and the rest of the Old Testament out of
the black helmsman whose smile of teeth was as humbly gentle and placating as Jerry's had been when he
made his appeal.
Leaving this god as a god unliked and not understood, Jerry sadly trotted back to the companionway and
yearned his head over the combing in the direction in which he had seen Skipper disappear. What bit at his
consciousness and was a painful incitement in it, was his desire to be with Skipper who was not right, and
who was in trouble. He wanted Skipper. He wanted to be with him, first and sharply, because he loved him,
and, second and dimly, because he might serve him. And, wanting Skipper, in his helplessness and youngness
in experience of the world, he whimpered and cried his heart out across the companion combing, and was too
clean and direct in his sorrow to be deflected by an outburst of anger against the niggers, on deck and below,
who chuckled at him and derided him.
From the crest of the combing to the cabin floor was seven feet. He had, only a few hours before, climbed the
precipitous stairway; but it was impossible, and he knew it, to descend the stairway. And yet, at the last, he
dared it. So compulsive was the prod of his heart to gain to Skipper at any cost, so clear was his
comprehension that he could not climb down the ladder head first, with no grippingness of legs and feet and
muscles such as were possible in the ascent, that he did not attempt it. He launched outward and down, in one
magnificent and loveheroic leap. He knew that he was violating a taboo of life, just as he knew he was
violating a taboo if he sprang into Meringe Lagoon where swam the dreadful crocodiles. Great love is always
capable of expressing itself in sacrifice and selfimmolation. And only for love, and for no lesser reason,
could Jerry have made the leap.
He struck on his side and head. The one impact knocked the breath out of him; the other stunned him. Even in
his unconsciousness, lying on his side and quivering, he made rapid, spasmodic movements of his legs as if
running for'ard to Skipper. The boys looked on and laughed, and when he no longer quivered and churned his
legs they continued to laugh. Born in savagery, having lived in savagery all their lives and known naught
else, their sense of humour was correspondingly savage. To them, the sight of a stunned and possibly dead
puppy was a sidesplitting, ludicrous event.
Not until the fourth minute ticked off did returning consciousness enable Jerry to crawl to his feet and with
widespread legs and swimming eyes adjust himself to the Arangi's roll. Yet with the first glimmerings of
consciousness persisted the one idea that he must gain to Skipper. Blacks? In his anxiety and solicitude and
love they did not count. He ignored the chuckling, grinning, girding black boys, who, but for the fact that he
was under the terrible aegis of the big fella white marster, would have delighted to kill and eat the puppy
who, in the process of training, was proving a most capable niggerchaser. Without a turn of head or roll of
eye, aristocratically positing their nonexistingness to their faces, he trotted for'ard along the cabin floor and
into the stateroom where Skipper babbled maniacally in the bunk.
Jerry, who had never had malaria, did not understand. But in his heart he knew great trouble in that Skipper
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 33
Page No 36
was in trouble. Skipper did not recognize him, even when he sprang into the bunk, walked across Skipper's
heaving chest, and licked the acrid sweat of fever from Skipper's face. Instead, Skipper's wildlythrashing
arms brushed him away and flung him violently against the side of the bunk.
This was roughness that was not loveroughness. Nor was it the roughness of Borckman spurning him away
with his foot. It was part of Skipper's trouble. Jerry did not reason this conclusion. But, and to the point, he
acted upon it as if he had reasoned it. In truth, through inadequacy of one of the most adequate languages in
the world, it can only be said that Jerry sensed the new difference of this roughness.
He sat up, just out of range of one restless, beating arm, yearned to come closer and lick again the face of the
god who knew him not, and who, he knew, loved him well, and palpitatingly shared and suffered all Skipper's
trouble.
"Eh, Clancey," Skipper babbled. "It's a fine job this day, and no better crew to clean up after the dubs of
motormen. . . . Number three jack, Clancey. Get under the for'ard end." And, as the spectres of his nightmare
metamorphosed: "Hush, darling, talking to your dad like that, telling him the combing of your sweet and
golden hair. As if I couldn't, that have combed it these seven years better than your mother, darling, better
than your mother. I'm the one goldmedal prizewinner in the combing of his lovely daughter's lovely hair. .
. . She's broken out! Give her the wheel aft there! Jib and foretopsail halyards! Full and by, there! A good
full! . . . Ah, she takes it like the beauty fairy boat that she is upon the sea. . . I'll just lift thatsure, the limit.
Blackey, when you pay as much to see my cards as I'm going to pay to see yours, you're going to see some
cards, believe me!"
And so the farrago of unrelated memories continued to rise vocal on Skipper's lips to the heave of his body
and the beat of his arms, while Jerry, crouched against the side of the bunk mourned and mourned his grief
and inability to be of help. All that was occurring was beyond him. He knew no more of poker hands than did
he know of getting ships under way, of clearing up surface car wrecks in New York, or of combing the long
yellow hair of a loved daughter in a Harlem flat.
"Both dead," Skipper said in a change of delirium. He said it quietly, as if announcing the time of day, then
wailed: "But, oh, the bonnie, bonnie braids of all the golden hair of her!"
He lay motionlessly for a space and sobbed out a breaking heart. This was Jerry's chance. He crept inside the
arm that tossed, snuggled against Skipper's side, laid his head on Skipper's shoulder, his cool nose barely
touching Skipper's cheek, and felt the arm curl about him and press him closer. The hand bent from the wrist
and caressed him protectingly, and the warm contact of his velvet body put a change in Skipper's sick dreams,
for he began to mutter in cold and bitter ominousness: "Any nigger that as much as bats an eye at that puppy.
. ."
CHAPTER VIII
When, in half an hour, Van Horn's sweat culminated in profusion, it marked the breaking of the malarial
attack. Great physical relief was his, and the last mists of delirium ebbed from his brain. But he was left
limply weak, and, after tossing off the blankets and recognizing Jerry, he fell into a refreshing natural sleep.
Not till two hours later did he awake and start to go on deck. Halfway up the companion, he deposited Jerry
on deck and went back to the stateroom for a forgotten bottle of quinine. But he did not immediately return to
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 34
Page No 37
Jerry. The long drawer under Borckman's bunk caught his eye. The wooden button that held it shut was gone,
and it was far out and hanging at an angle that jammed it and prevented it from falling to the floor. The matter
was serious. There was little doubt in his mind, had the drawer, in the midst of the squall of the previous
night, fallen to the floor, that no Arangi and no soul of the eighty souls on board would have been left. For
the drawer was filled with a heterogeneous mess of dynamite sticks, boxes of fulminating caps, coils of fuses,
lead sinkers, iron tools, and many boxes of rifle, revolver and pistol cartridges. He sorted and arranged the
varied contents, and with a screwdriver and a longer screw reattached the button.
In the meantime, Jerry was encountering new adventure not of the pleasantest. While waiting for Skipper to
return, Jerry chanced to see the wilddog brazenly lying on deck a dozen feet from his lair in the
tradeboxes. Instantly stiffly crouching, Jerry began to stalk. Success seemed assured, for the wilddog, with
closed eyes, was apparently asleep.
And at this moment the mate, twolegging it along the deck from for'ard in the direction of the bottle stored
between the yam sacks, called, "Jerry," in a remarkably husky voice. Jerry flattened his filbertshaped ears
and wagged his tail in acknowledgment, but advertised his intention of continuing to stalk his enemy. And at
sound of the mate's voice the wilddog flung quickopened eyes in Jerry's direction and flashed into his
burrow, where he immediately turned around, thrust his head out with a show of teeth, and snarled
triumphant defiance.
Baulked of his quarry by the inconsiderateness of the mate, Jerry trotted back to the head of the companion to
wait for Skipper. But Borckman, whose brain was well acrawl by virtue of the many nips, clung to a petty
idea after the fashion of drunken men. Twice again, imperatively, he called Jerry to him, and twice again,
with flattened ears of gentleness and wagging tail, Jerry goodnaturedly expressed his disinclination. Next,
he yearned his head over the coming and into the cabin after Skipper.
Borckman remembered his first idea and continued to the bottle, which he generously inverted skyward. But
the second idea, petty as it was, persisted; and, after swaying and mumbling to himself for a time, after
unseeingly making believe to study the crisp fresh breeze that filled the Arangi's sails and slanted her deck,
and, after sillily attempting on the helmsman to portray eaglelike vigilance in his drinkswimming eyes, he
lurched amidships toward Jerry.
Jerry's first intimation of Borckman's arrival was a cruel and painful clutch on his flank and groin that made
him cry out in pain and whirl around. Next, as the mate had seen Skipper do in play, Jerry had his jowls
seized in a toothclattering shake that was absolutely different from the Skipper's rough loveshake. His
head and body were shaken, his teeth clattered painfully, and with the roughest of roughness he was flung
part way down the slippery slope of deck.
Now Jerry was a gentleman. All the soul of courtesy was in him, for equals and superiors. After all, even in
an inferior like the wild dog, he did not consciously press an advantage very farnever extremely far. In
his stalking and rushing of the wilddog, he had been more sound and fury than an overbearing bully. But
with a superior, with a twolegged whitegod like Borckman, there was more a demand upon his control,
restraint, and inhibition of primitive promptings. He did not want to play with the mate a game that he
ecstatically played with Skipper, because he had experienced no similar liking for the mate, twolegged
whitegod that he was.
And still Jerry was all gentleness. He came back in a feeble imitation rush of the wholehearted rush that he
had learned to make on Skipper. He was, in truth, acting, playacting, attempting to do what he had no
heartprompting to do. He made believe to play, and uttered simulated growls that failed of the verity of
simulation.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 35
Page No 38
He bobbed his tail goodnaturedly and friendly, and growled ferociously and friendly; but the keenness of
the drunkenness of the mate discerned the difference and aroused in him, vaguely, the intuition of difference,
of playacting, of cheating. Jerry was cheatingout of his heart of consideration. Borckman drunkenly
recognized the cheating without crediting the heart of good behind it. On the instant he was antagonistic.
Forgetting that he was only a brute, he posited that this was no more than a brute with which he strove to play
in the genial comradely way that the Skipper played.
Red war was inevitablenot first on Jerry's part, but on Borckman's part. Borckman felt the abysmal urgings
of the beast, as a beast, to prove himself master of this fourlegged beast. Jerry felt his jowl and jaw clutched
still more harshly and hardly, and, with increase of harshness and hardness, he was flung farther down the
deck, which, on account of its growing slant due to heavier gusts of wind, had become a steep and slippery
hill.
He came back, clawing frantically up the slope that gave him little footing; and he came back, no longer with
poorly attempted simulation of ferocity, but impelled by the first flickerings of real ferocity. He did not know
this. If he thought at all, he was under the impression that he was playing the game as he had played it with
Skipper. In short, he was taking an interest in the game, although a radically different interest from what he
had taken with Skipper.
This time his teeth flashed quicker and with deeper intent at the jowlclutching hand, and, missing, he was
seized and flung down the smooth incline harder and farther than before. He was growing angry, as he
clawed back, though he was not conscious of it. But the mate, being a man, albeit a drunken one, sensed the
change in Jerry's attack ere Jerry dreamed there was any change in it. And not only did Borckman sense it,
but it served as a spur to drive him back into primitive beastliness, and to fight to master this puppy as a
primitive man, under dissimilar provocation, might have fought with the members of the first litter stolen
from a wolfden among the rocks.
True, Jerry could trace as far back. His ancient ancestors had been Irish wolfhounds, and, long before that,
the ancestors of the wolf hounds had been wolves. The note in Jerry's growls changed. The unforgotten and
ineffaceable past strummed the fibres of his throat. His teeth flashed with fierce intent, in the desire of
sinking as deep in the man's hand as passion could drive. For Jerry by this time was all passion. He had
leaped back into the dark stark rawness of the early world almost as swiftly as had Borckman. And this time
his teeth scored, ripping the tender and sensitive and flesh of all the inside of the first and second joints of
Borckman's right hand. Jerry's teeth were needles that stung, and Borckman, gaining the grasp on Jerry's jaw,
flung him away and down so that almost he hit the Arangi's tinyrail ere his clawing feet stopped him.
And Van Horn, having finished his rearrangement and repair of the explosivefilled drawer under the mate's
bunk, climbed up the companion steps, saw the battle, paused, and quietly looked on.
But he looked across a million years, at two mad creatures who had slipped the leach of the generations and
who were back in the darkness of spawning life ere dawning intelligence had modified the chemistry of such
life to softness of consideration. What stirred in the brain crypts of Borckman's heredity, stirred in the brain
crypts of Jerry's heredity. Time had gone backward for both. All the endeavour and achievement of the ten
thousand generations was not, and, as wolfdog and wildman, the combat was between Jerry and the mate.
Neither saw Van Horn, who was inside the companionway hatch, his eyes level with the combing.
To Jerry, Borckman was now no more a god than was he himself a mere, smoothcoated Irish terrier. Both
had forgotten the million years stamped into their heredity more feebly, less eraseably, than what had been
stamped in prior to the million years. Jerry did not know drunkenness, but he did know unfairness; and it was
with raging indignation that he knew it. Borckman fumbled his next counter to Jerry's attack, missed, and had
both hands slashed in quick succession ere he managed to send the puppy sliding.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 36
Page No 39
And still Jerry came back. As any screaming creature of the jungle, he hysterically squalled his indignation.
But he made no whimper. Nor did he wince or cringe to the blows. He bored straight in, striving, without
avoiding a blow, to beat and meet the blow with his teeth. So hard was he flung down the last time that his
side smashed painfully against the rail, and Van Horn cried out:
"Cut that out, Borckman! Leave the puppy alone!"
The mate turned in the startle of surprise at being observed. The sharp, authoritative words of Van Horn were
a call across the million years. Borckman's angerconvulsed face ludicrously attempted a sheepish,
deprecating grin, and he was just mumbling, "We was only playing," when Jerry arrived back, leaped in the
air, and sank his teeth into the offending hand.
Borckman immediately and insanely went back across the million years. An attempted kick got his ankle
scored for his pains. He gibbered his own rage and hurt, and, stooping, dealt Jerry a tremendous blow
alongside the head and neck. Being in midleap when he received the blow Jerry was twistingly
somersaulted sidewise before he struck the deck on his back. As swiftly as he could scramble to footing and
charge, he returned to the attack, but was checked by Skipper's:
"Jerry! Stop it! Come here!"
He obeyed, but only by prodigious effort, his neck bristling and his lips writhing clear of his teeth as he
passed the mate. For the first time there was a whimper in his throat; but it was not the whimper of fear, nor
of pain, but of outrage, and of desire to continue the battle which he struggled to control at Skipper's behest.
Stepping out on deck, Skipper picked him up and patted and soothed him the while he expressed his mind to
the mate.
"Borckman, you ought to be ashamed. You ought to be shot or have your block knocked off for this. A
puppy, a little puppy scarcely weaned. For two cents I'd give you whatfor myself. The idea of it. A little
puppy, a weanling little puppy. Glad your hands are ripped. You deserved it. Hope you get bloodpoisoning
in them. Besides, you're drunk. Go below and turn in, and don't you dare come on deck until you're sober.
Savve?"
And Jerry, farjourneyer across life and across the history of all life that goes to make the world, strugglingly
mastering the abysmal slime of the prehistoric with the love that had come into existence and had become
warp and woof of him in far later time, his wrath of ancientness still faintly reverberating in his throat like the
rumblings of a passing thunderstorm, knew, in the wide warm ways of feeling, the augustness and
righteousness of Skipper. Skipper was in truth a god who did right, who was fair, who protected, and who
imperiously commanded this other and lesser god that slunk away before his anger.
CHAPTER IX
Jerry and Skipper shared the long afternoonwatch together, the latter being guilty of recurrent chuckles and
exclamations such as: "Gottferdang, Jerry, believe me, you're some fighter and all dog"; or, "You're a
proper man's dog, you are, a lion dog. I bet the lion don't live that could get your goat."
And Jerry, understanding none of the words, with the exception of his own name, nevertheless knew that the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 37
Page No 40
sounds made by Skipper were broad of praise and warm of love. And when Skipper stooped and rubbed his
ears, or received a rosekiss on extended fingers, or caught him up in his arms, Jerry's heart was nigh to
bursting. For what greater ecstasy can be the portion of any creature than that it be loved by a god? This was
just precisely Jerry's ecstasy. This was a god, a tangible, real, threedimensioned god, who went about and
ruled his world in a loincloth and on two bare legs, and who loved him with crooning noises in throat and
mouth and with two widespread arms that folded him in.
At four o'clock, measuring a glance at the afternoon sun and gauging the speed of the Arangi through the
water in relation to the closeness of Su'u, Van Horn went below and roughly shook the mate awake. Until
both returned, Jerry held the deck alone. But for the fact that the whitegods were there below and were
certain to be back at any moment, not many moments would Jerry have held the deck, for every lessened mile
between the return boys and Malaita contributed a rising of their spirits, and under the imminence of their
oldtime independence, Lerumie, as an instance of many of them, with strong gustatory sensations and a
positive drooling at the mouth, regarded Jerry in terms of food and vengeance that were identical.
Flathauled on the crisp breeze, the Arangi closed in rapidly with the land. Jerry peered through the barbed
wire, sniffing the air, Skipper beside him and giving orders to the mate and helmsman. The heap of
tradeboxes was now unlashed, and the boys began opening and shutting them. What gave them particular
delight was the ringing of the bell with which each box was equipped and which rang whenever a lid was
raised. Their pleasure in the toylike contrivance was that of children, and each went back again and again to
unlock his own box and make the bell ring.
Fifteen of the boys were to be landed at Su'u and with wild gesticulations and cries they began to recognize
and point out the infinitesimal details of the landfall of the only spot they had known on earth prior to the
day, three years before, when they had been sold into slavery by their fathers, uncles, and chiefs.
A narrow neck of water, scarcely a hundred yards across, gave entrance to a long and tiny bay. The shore was
massed with mangroves and dense, tropical vegetation. There was no sign of houses nor of human
occupancy, although Van Horn, staring at the dense jungle so close at hand, knew as a matter of course that
scores, and perhaps hundreds, of pairs of human eyes were looking at him.
"Smell 'm, Jerry, smell 'm," he encouraged.
And Jerry's hair bristled as he barked at the mangrove wall, for truly his keen scent informed him of lurking
niggers.
"If I could smell like him," the captain said to the mate, "there wouldn't be any risk at all of my ever losing
my head."
But Borckman made no reply and sullenly went about his work. There was little wind in the bay, and the
Arangi slowly forged in and dropped anchor in thirty fathoms. So steep was the slope of the harbour bed from
the beach that even in such excessive depth the Arangi's stern swung in within a hundred feet of the
mangroves.
Van Horn continued to cast anxious glances at the wooded shore. For Su'u had an evil name. Since the
schooner Fair Hathaway, recruiting labour for the Queensland plantations, had been captured by the natives
and all hands slain fifteen years before, no vessel, with the exception of the Arangi, had dared to venture into
Su'u. And most white men condemned Van Horn's recklessness for so venturing.
Far up the mountains, that towered many thousands of feet into the tradewind clouds, arose many signal
smokes that advertised the coming of the vessel. Far and near, the Arangi's presence was known; yet from the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 38
Page No 41
jungle so near at hand only shrieks of parrots and chatterings of cockatoos could be heard.
The whaleboat, manned with six of the boat's crew, was drawn alongside, and the fifteen Su'u boys and their
boxes were loaded in. Under the canvas flaps along the thwarts, ready to hand for the rowers, were laid five
of the LeeEnfields. On deck, another of the boat's crew, rifle in hand, guarded the remaining weapons.
Borckman had brought up his own rifle to be ready for instant use. Van Horn's rifle lay handy in the stern
sheets where he stood near Tambi, who steered with a long sweep. Jerry raised a low whine and yearned over
the rail after Skipper, who yielded and lifted him down.
The place of danger was in the boat; for there was little likelihood, at this particular time, of a rising of the
return boys on the Arangi. Being of Somo, Noola, LangaLanga, and far Malu they were in wholesome
fear, did they lose the protection of their white masters, of being eaten by the Su'u folk, just as the Su'u boys
would have feared being eaten by the Somo and LangaLanga and Noola folk.
What increased the danger of the boat was the absence of a covering boat. The invariable custom of the larger
recruiting vessels was to send two boats on any shore errand. While one landed on the beach, the other lay off
a short distance to cover the retreat of the shore party, if trouble broke out. Too small to carry one boat on
deck, the Arangi could not conveniently tow two astern; so Van Horn, who was the most daring of the
recruiters, lacked this essential safeguard.
Tambi, under Van Horn's lowuttered commands, steered a parallel course along the shore. Where the
mangroves ceased, and where high ground and a beaten runway came down to the water's edge, Van Horn
motioned the rowers to back water and lay on their oars. High palms and lofty, widebranched trees rose
above the jungle at this spot, and the runway showed like the entrance of a tunnel into the dense, green wall
of tropical vegetation.
Van Horn, regarding the shore for some sign of life, lighted a cigar and put one hand to the waistline of his
loincloth to reassure himself of the presence of the stick of dynamite that was tucked between the loincloth
and his skin. The lighted cigar was for the purpose, if emergency arose, of igniting the fuse of the dynamite.
And the fuse was so short, with its end split to accommodate the inserted head of a safety match, that between
the time of touching it off with the live cigar to the time of the explosion not more than three seconds could
elapse. This required quick cool work on Van Horn's part, in case need arose. In three seconds he would have
to light the fuse and throw the sputtering stick with directed aim to its objective. However, he did not expect
to use it, and had it ready merely as a precautionary measure.
Five minutes passed, and the silence of the shore remained profound. Jerry sniffed Skipper's bare leg as if to
assure him that he was beside him no matter what threatened from the hostile silence of the land, then stood
up with his forepaws on the gunwale and continued to sniff eagerly and audibly, to prick his neck hair, and to
utter low growls.
"They're there, all right," Skipper confided to him; and Jerry, with a sideward glance of smiling eyes, with a
bobbing of his tail and a quick loveflattening of his ears, turned his nose shoreward again and resumed his
reading of the jungle tale that was wafted to him on the light fans of the stifling and almost stagnant air.
"Hey!" Van Horn suddenly shouted. "Hey, you fella boy stick 'm head out belong you!"
As if in a transformation scene, the apparently tenantless jungle spawned into life. On the instant a hundred
stark savages appeared. They broke forth everywhere from the vegetation. All were armed, some with Snider
rifles and ancient horse pistols, others with bows and arrows, with long throwing spears, with warclubs, and
with longhandled tomahawks. In a flash, one of them leaped into the sunlight in the open space where
runway and water met. Save for decorations, he was naked as Adam before the Fall. A solitary white feather
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 39
Page No 42
uprose from his kinky, glossy, black hair. A polished bodkin of white petrified shell, with sharppointed
ends, thrust through a hole in the partition of his nostrils, extended five inches across his face. About his
neck, from a cord of twisted coconut sennit, hung an ivorywhite necklace of wildboar's tusks. A garter of
white cowrie shells encircled one leg just below the knee. A flaming scarlet flower was coquettishly stuck
over one ear, and through a hole in the other ear was threaded a pig's tail so recently severed that it still bled.
As this dandy of Melanesia leaped into the sunshine, the Snider rifle in his hands came into position, aimed
from his hip, the generous muzzle bearing directly on Van Horn. No less quick was Van Horn. With equal
speed he had snatched his rifle and brought it to bear from his hip. So they stood and faced each other, death
in their fingertips, forty feet apart. The million years between barbarism and civilization also yawned
between them across that narrow gulf of forty feet. The hardest thing for modern, evolved man to do is to
forget his ancient training. Easiest of all things is it for him to forget his modernity and slip back across time
to the howling ages. A lie in the teeth, a blow in the face, a love thrust of jealousy to the heart, in a fraction
of an instant can turn a twentiethcentury philosopher into an apelike arborean pounding his chest, gnashing
his teeth, and seeing red.
So Van Horn. But with a difference. He straddled time. He was at one and the same instant all modern, all
imminently primitive, capable of fighting in redness of tooth and claw, desirous of remaining modern for as
long as he could with his will master the study of ebon black of skin and dazzling white of decoration that
confronted him.
A long ten seconds of silence endured. Even Jerry, he knew not why, stilled the growl in his throat. Five
score of headhunting cannibals on the fringe of the jungle, fifteen Su'u return blacks in the boat, seven black
boat's crew, and a solitary white man with a cigar in his mouth, a rifle at his hip, and an Irish terrier bristling
against his bare calf, kept the solemn pact of those ten seconds, and no one of them knew or guessed what the
outcome would be.
One of the return boys, in the bow of the whaleboat, made the peace sign with his palm extended outward and
weaponless, and began to chirp in the unknown Su'u dialect. Van Horn held his aim and waited. The dandy
lowered his Snider, and breath came more easily to the chests of all who composed the picture.
"Me good fella boy," the dandy piped, half birdlike and half elf.
"You big fella fool too much," Van Horn retorted harshly, dropping his gun into the sternsheets, motioning
to rowers and steersman to turn the boat around, and puffing his cigar as carelessly casual as if, the moment
before, life and death had not been the debate.
"My word," he went on with fine irritable assumption. "What name you stick 'm gun along me? Me no
kaikai (eat) along you. Me kai kai along you, stomach belong me walk about. You kaikai along me,
stomach belong you walk about. You no like 'm kaikai Su'u boy belong along you? Su'u boy belong you all
the same brother along you. Long time before, three monsoon before, me speak 'm true speak. Me say three
monsoon boy come back. My word, three monsoon finish, boy stop along me come back."
By this time the boat had swung around, reversing bow and stern, Van Horn pivoting so as to face the
Sniderarmed dandy. At another signal from Van Horn the rowers backed water and forced the boat, stern in,
up to the solid ground of the runway. And each rower, his oar in position in case of attack, privily felt under
the canvas flap to make sure of the exact location of his concealed Lee Enfield.
"All right boy belong you walk about?" Van Horn queried of the dandy, who signified the affirmative in the
Solomon Islands fashion by halfclosing his eyes and nodding his head upward, in a queer, perky way;
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 40
Page No 43
"No kaikai 'm Su'u fella boy suppose walk about along you?"
"No fear," the dandy answered. "Suppose 'm Su'u fella boy, all right. Suppose 'm no fella Su'u boy, my word,
big trouble. Ishikola, big fella black marster along this place, him talk 'm me talk along you. Him say any
amount bad fella boy stop 'm along bush. Him say big fella white marster no walk about. Him say jolly good
big fella white marster stop 'm along ship."
Van Horn nodded in an offhand way, as if the information were of little value, although he knew that for
this time Su'u would furnish him no fresh recruits. One at a time, compelling the others to remain in their
places, he directed the return boys astern and ashore. It was Solomon Islands tactics. Crowding was
dangerous. Never could the blacks be risked to confusion in numbers. And Van Horn, smoking his cigar in
lordly indifferent fashion, kept his apparently uninterested eyes glued to each boy who made his way aft, box
on shoulder, and stepped out on the land. One by one they disappeared into the runway tunnel, and when the
last was ashore he ordered the boat back to the ship.
"Nothing doing here this trip," he told the mate. "We'll up hook and out in the morning."
The quick tropic twilight swiftly blent day and darkness. Overhead all stars were out. No faintest breath of air
moved over the water, and the humid heat beaded the faces and bodies of both men with profuse sweat. They
ate their deckspread supper languidly and ever and anon used their forearms to wipe the stinging sweat from
their eyes.
"Why a man should come to the Solomonsbeastly hole," the mate complained.
"Or stay on," the captain rejoined.
"I'm too rotten with fever," the mate grumbled. "I'd die if I left. Remember, I tried it two years ago. It takes
the cold weather to bring out the fever. I arrived in Sydney on my back. They had to take me to hospital in an
ambulance. I got worse and worse. The doctors told me the only thing to do was to head back where I got the
fever. If I did I might live a long time. If I hung on in Sydney it meant a quick finish. They packed me on
board in another ambulance. And that's all I saw of Australia for my holiday. I don't want to stay in the
Solomons. It's plain hell. But I got to, or croak."
He rolled, at a rough estimate, thirty grains of quinine in a cigarette paper, regarded the result sourly for a
moment, then swallowed it at a gulp. This reminded Van Horn, who reached for the bottle and took a similar
dose.
"Better put up a covering cloth," he suggested.
Borckman directed several of the boat's crew in the rigging up of a thin tarpaulin, like a curtain along the
shore side of the Arangi. This was a precaution against any bushwhacking bullet from the mangroves only a
hundred feet away.
Van Horn sent Tambi below to bring up the small phonograph and run off the dozen or so scratchy, screechy
records that had already been under the needle a thousand times. Between records, Van Horn recollected the
girl, and had her haled out of her dark hole in the lazarette to listen to the music. She obeyed in fear,
apprehensive that her time had come. She looked dumbly at the big fella white master, her eyes large with
fright; nor did the trembling of her body cease for a long time after he had made her lie down. The
phonograph meant nothing to her. She knew only fearfear of this terrible white man that she was certain
was destined to eat her.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 41
Page No 44
Jerry left the caressing hand of Skipper for a moment to go over and sniff her. This was an act of duty. He
was identifying her once again. No matter what happened, no matter what months or years might elapse, he
would know her again and for ever know her again. He returned to the free hand of Skipper that resumed its
caressing. The other hand held the cigar which he was smoking.
The wet sultry heat grew more oppressive. The air was nauseous with the dank mucky odour that cooked out
of the mangrove swamp. Rowelled by the squeaky music to recollection of oldworld ports and places,
Borckman lay on his face on the hot planking, beat a tattoo with his naked toes, and gutturally muttered an
unending monologue of curses. But Van Horn, with Jerry panting under his hand, placidly and
philosophically continued to smoke, lighting a fresh cigar when the first gave out.
He roused abruptly at the faint wash of paddles which he was the first on board to hear. In fact, it was Jerry's
low growl and neck rippling of hair that had keyed Van Horn to hear. Pulling the stick of dynamite out from
the twist of his loin cloth and glancing at the cigar to be certain it was alight, he rose to his feet with leisurely
swiftness and with leisurely swiftness gained the rail.
"What name belong you?" was his challenge to the dark.
"Me fella Ishikola," came the answer in the quavering falsetto of age.
Van Horn, before speaking again, loosened his automatic pistol half out of its holster, and slipped the holster
around from his hip till it rested on his groin conveniently close to his hand.
"How many fella boy stop along you?" he demanded.
"One fella tenboy altogether he stop," came the aged voice.
"Come alongside then." Without turning his head, his right hand unconsciously dropping close to the butt of
the automatic, Van Horn commanded: "You fella Tambi. Fetch 'm lantern. No fetch 'm this place. Fetch 'm aft
along mizzen rigging and look sharp eye belong you."
Tambi obeyed, exposing the lantern twenty feet away from where his captain stood. This gave Van Horn the
advantage over the approaching canoemen, for the lantern, suspended through the barbed wire across the
rail and well down, would clearly illuminate the occupants of the canoe while he was left in semidarkness
and shadow.
"Washeewashee!" he urged peremptorily, while those in the invisible canoe still hesitated.
Came the sound of paddles, and, next, emerging into the lantern's area of light, the high, black bow of a war
canoe, curved like a gondola, inlaid with silveryglistening motherofpearl; the long lean length of the
canoe which was without outrigger; the shining eyes and the blackshining bodies of the stark blacks who
knelt in the bottom and paddled; Ishikola, the old chief, squatting amidships and not paddling, an unlighted,
emptybowled, shortstemmed clay pipe upsidedown between his toothless gums; and, in the stern, as
coxswain, the dandy, all nakedness of blackness, all whiteness of decoration, save for the pig's tail in one ear
and the scarlet hibiscus that still flamed over the other ear.
Less than ten blacks had been known to rush a blackbirder officered by no more than two white men, and
Van Horn's hand closed on the butt of his automatic, although he did not pull it clear of the holster, and
although, with his left hand, he directed the cigar to his mouth and puffed it lively alight.
"Hello, Ishikola, you blooming old blighter," was Van Horn's greeting to the old chief, as the dandy, with a
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 42
Page No 45
pry of his steering paddle against the side of the canoe and part under its bottom, brought the dugout
broadsideon to the Arangi so that the sides of both crafts touched.
Ishikola smiled upward in the lantern light. He smiled with his right eye, which was all he had, the left having
been destroyed by an arrow in a youthful jungleskirmish.
"My word!" he greeted back. "Long time you no stop eye belong me."
Van Horn joked him in understandable terms about the latest wives he had added to his harem and what price
he had paid for them in pigs.
"My word," he concluded, "you rich fella too much together."
"Me like 'm come on board gammon along you," Ishikola meekly suggested.
"My word, night he stop," the captain objected, then added, as a concession against the known rule that
visitors were not permitted aboard after nightfall: "You come on board, boy stop 'm along boat."
Van Horn gallantly helped the old man to clamber to the rail, straddle the barbed wire, and gain the deck.
Ishikola was a dirty old savage. One of his tambos (tambo being bechedemer and Melanesian for "taboo")
was that water unavoidable must never touch his skin. He who lived by the salt sea, in a land of tropic
downpour, religiously shunned contact with water. He never went swimming or wading, and always fled to
shelter from a shower. Not that this was true of the rest of his tribe. It was the peculiar tambo laid upon him
by the devildevil doctors. Other tribesmen the devildevil doctors tabooed against eating shark, or handling
turtle, or contacting with crocodiles or the fossil remains of crocodiles, or from ever being smirched by the
profanity of a woman's touch or of a woman's shadow cast across the path.
So Ishikola, whose tambo was water, was crusted with the filth of years. He was sealed like a leper, and,
weazenfaced and age shrunken, he hobbled horribly from an ancient spearthrust to the thigh that twisted
his torso droopingly out of the vertical. But his one eye gleamed brightly and wickedly, and Van Horn knew
that it observed as much as did both his own eyes.
Van Horn shook hands with himan honour he accorded only chiefs and motioned him to squat down on
deck on his hams close to the fearstruck girl, who began trembling again at recollection of having once
heard Ishikola offer five twenties of drinking coconuts for the meat of her for a dinner.
Jerry needs must sniff, for future identification purposes, this graceless, limping, naked, oneeyed old man.
And, when he had sniffed and registered the particular odour, Jerry must growl intimidatingly and win a
quick eyeglance of approval from Skipper.
"My word, good fella kaikai dog," said Ishikola. "Me give 'm half fathom shell money that fella dog."
For a mere puppy this offer was generous, because half a fathom of shellmoney, strung on a thread of
twisted coconut fibres, was equivalent in cash to half a sovereign in English currency, to two dollars and a
half in American, or, in livepig currency, to half of a fairsized fat pig.
"One fathom shellmoney that fella dog," Van Horn countered, in his heart knowing that he would not sell
Jerry for a hundred fathoms, or for any fabulous price from any black, but in his head offering so small a
price over par as not to arouse suspicion among the blacks as to how highly he really valued the
goldencoated son of Biddy and Terrence.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 43
Page No 46
Ishikola next averred that the girl had grown much thinner, and that he, as a practical judge of meat, did not
feel justified this time in bidding more than three twentystrings of drinking coconuts.
After these amenities, the white master and the black talked of many things, the one bluffing with the
whiteman's superiority of intellect and knowledge, the other feeling and guessing, primitive statesman that
he was, in an effort to ascertain the balance of human and political forces that bore upon his Su'u territory, ten
miles square, bounded by the sea and by landward lines of an inter tribal warfare that was older than the
oldest Su'u myth. Eternally, heads had been taken and bodies eaten, now on one side, now on the other, by
the temporarily victorious tribes. The boundaries had remained the same. Ishikola, in crude bechedemer,
tried to learn the Solomon Islands general situation in relation to Su'u, and Van Horn was not above playing
the unfair diplomatic game as it is unfairly played in all the chancellories of the world powers.
"My word," Van Horn concluded; "you bad fella too much along this place. Too many heads you fella take;
too much kaikai long pig along you." (Long pig, meaning barbecued human flesh.)
"What name, long time black fella belong Su'u take 'm heads, kaikai along long pig?" Ishikola countered.
"My word," Van Horn came back, "too much along this place. Bime by, close up, big fella warship stop 'm
along Su'u, knock seven balls outa Su'u."
"What name him big fella warship stop 'm along Solomons?" Ishikola demanded.
"Big fella Cambrian, him fella name belong ship," Van Horn lied, too well aware that no British cruiser had
been in the Solomons for the past two years.
The conversation was becoming rather a farcical dissertation upon the relations that should obtain between
states, irrespective of size, when it was broken off by a cry from Tambi, who, with another lantern hanging
overside at the end of his arm had made a discovery.
"Skipper, gun he stop along canoe!" was his cry.
Van Horn, with a leap, was at the rail and peering down over the barbed wire. Ishikola, despite his twisted
body, was only seconds behind him.
"What name that fella gun stop 'm along bottom?" Van Horn indignantly demanded.
The dandy, in the stern, with a careless look upward, tried with his foot to shove over the green leaves so as
to cover the outjutting butts of several rifles, but made the matter worse by exposing them more fully. He
bent to rake the leaves over with his hand, but sat swiftly upright when Van Horn roared at him:
"Stand clear! Keep 'm fella hand belong you long way big bit!"
Van Horn turned on Ishikola, and simulated wrath which he did not feel against the ancient and
everrecurrent trick.
"What name you come alongside, gun he stop along canoe belong you?" he demanded.
The old saltwater chief rolled his one eye and blinked a fair simulation of stupidity and innocence.
"My word, me cross along you too much," Van Horn continued. "Ishikola, you plenty bad fella boy. You get
'm to hell overside."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 44
Page No 47
The old fellow limped across the deck with more agility than he had displayed coming aboard, straddled the
barbed wire without assistance, and without assistance dropped into the canoe, cleverly receiving his weight
on his uninjured leg. He blinked up for forgiveness and in reassertion of innocence. Van Horn turned his face
aside to hide a grin, and then grinned outright when the old rascal, showing his empty pipe, wheedled up:
"Suppose 'm five stick tobacco you give 'm along me?"
While Borckman went below for the tobacco, Van Horn orated to Ishikola on the sacred solemnity of truth
and promises. Next, he leaned across the barbed wire and handed down the five sticks of tobacco.
"My word," he threatened. "Somo day, Ishikola, I finish along you altogether. You no good friend stop along
saltwater. You big fool stop along bush."
When Ishikola attempted protest, he shut him off with, "My word, you gammon along me too much."
Still the canoe lingered. The dandy's toe strayed privily to feel out the butts of the Sniders under the green
leaves, and Ishikola was loth to depart.
"Washeewashee!" Van Horn cried with imperative suddenness.
The paddlers, without command from chief or dandy, involuntarily obeyed, and with deep, strong strokes sent
the canoe into the encircling darkness. Just as quickly Van Horn changed his position on deck to the tune of a
dozen yards, so that no hazarded bullet might reach him. He crouched low and listened to the wash of paddles
fade away in the distance.
"All right, you fella Tambi," he ordered quietly. "Make 'm music he fella walk about."
And while "Red Wing" screeched its cheap and pretty rhythm, he reclined elbow on deck, smoked his cigar,
and gathered Jerry into caressing inclosure.
As he smoked he watched the abrupt misting of the stars by a rain squall that made to windward or to where
windward might vaguely be configured. While he gauged the minutes ere he must order Tambi below with
the phonograph and records, he noted the bushgirl gazing at him in dumb fear. He nodded consent with
halfclosed eyes and uptilting face, clinching his consent with a wave of hand toward the companionway.
She obeyed as a beaten dog, spiritbroken, might have obeyed, dragging herself to her feet, trembling afresh,
and with backward glances of her perpetual terror of the big white master that she was convinced would some
day eat her. In such fashion, stabbing Van Horn to the heart because of his inability to convey his kindness to
her across the abyss of the ages that separated them, she slunk away to the companionway and crawled down
it feetfirst like some enormous, largeheaded worm.
After he had sent Tambi to follow her with the precious phonograph, Van Horn continued to smoke on while
the sharp, needlelike spray of the rain impacted soothingly on his heated body.
Only for five minutes did the rain descend. Then, as the stars drifted back in the sky, the smell of steam
seemed to stench forth from deck and mangrove swamp, and the suffocating heat wrapped all about.
Van Horn knew better, but ill health, save for fever, had never concerned him; so he did not bother for a
blanket to shelter him.
"Yours the first watch," he told Borckman. "I'll have her under way in the morning, before I call you."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 45
Page No 48
He tucked his head on the biceps of his right arm, with the hollow of the left snuggling Jerry in against his
chest, and dozed off to sleep.
And thus adventuring, white men and indigenous black men from day to day lived life in the Solomons,
bickering and trafficking, the whites striving to maintain their heads on their shoulders, the blacks striving, no
less singleheartedly, to remove the whites' heads from their shoulders and at the same time to keep their
own anatomies intact.
And Jerry, who knew only the world of Meringe Lagoon, learning that these new worlds of the ship Arangi
and of the island of Malaita were essentially the same, regarded the perpetual game between the white and the
black with some slight sort of understanding.
CHAPTER X
Daylight saw the Arangi under way, her sails drooping heavily in the dead air while the boat's crew toiled at
the oars of the whaleboat to tow her out through the narrow entrance. Once, when the ketch, swerved by
some vagrant current, came close to the break of the shoresurf, the blacks on board drew toward one another
in apprehension akin to that of startled sheep in a fold when a wild woods marauder howls outside. Nor was
there any need for Van Horn's shout to the whaleboat: "Washeewashee! Damn your hides!" The boat's crew
lifted themselves clear of the thwarts as they threw all their weight into each stroke. They knew what dire fate
was certain if ever the seawashed coral rock gripped the Arangi's keel. And they knew fear precisely of the
same sort as that of the fearstruck girl below in the lazarette. In the past more than one LangaLanga and
Somo boy had gone to make a Su'u feast day, just as Su'u boys, on occasion, had similarly served feasts at
LangaLanga and at Somo.
"My word," Tambi, at the wheel, addressed Van Horn as the period of tension passed and the Arangi went
clear. "Brother belong my father, long time before he come boat's crew along this place. Big fella schooner
brother belong my father he come along. All finish this place Su'u. Brother belong my father Su'u boys
kaikai along him altogether."
Van Horn recollected the Fair Hathaway of fifteen years before, looted and burned by the people of Su'u after
all hands had been killed. Truly, the Solomons at this beginning of the twentieth century were savage, and
truly, of the Solomons, this great island of Malaita was savagest of all.
He cast his eyes speculatively up the slopes of the island to the seaman's landmark, Mount Kolorat,
greenforested to its cloudcapped summit four thousand feet in the air. Even as he looked, thin
smokecolumns were rising along the slopes and lesser peaks, and more were beginning to rise.
"My word," Tambi grinned. "Plenty boy stop 'm bush lookout along you eye belong him."
Van Horn smiled understandingly. He knew, by the ancient telegraphy of smokesignalling, the message was
being conveyed from village to village and tribe to tribe that a labourrecruiter was on the leeward coast.
All morning, under a brisk beam wind which had sprung up with the rising of the sun, the Arangi flew north,
her course continuously advertised by the increasing smoketalk that gossiped along the green summits. At
high noon, with Van Horn, everattended by Jerry, standing for'ard and conning, the Arangi headed into the
wind to thread the passage between two palmtufted islets. There was need for conning. Coral patches uprose
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 46
Page No 49
everywhere from the turquoise depths, running the gamut of green from deepest jade to palest tourmaline,
over which the sea filtered changing shades, creamed lazily, or burst into white fountains of sunflashed
spray.
The smoke columns along the heights became garrulous, and long before the Arangi was through the passage
the entire leeward coast, from the saltwater men of the shore to the remotest bush villagers, knew that the
labour recruiter was going in to LangaLanga. As the lagoon, formed by the chain of islets lying off shore,
opened out, Jerry began to smell the reefvillages. Canoes, many canoes, urged by paddles or sailed before
the wind by the weight of the freshening South East trade on spread fronds of coconut palms, moved across
the smooth surface of the lagoon. Jerry barked intimidatingly at those that came closest, bristling his neck and
making a ferocious simulation of an efficient protector of the white god who stood beside him. And after each
such warning, he would softly dab his cool damp muzzle against the sunheated skin of Skipper's leg.
Once inside the lagoon, the Arangi filled away with the wind abeam. At the end of a swift halfmile she
rounded to, with headsails trimming down and with a great flapping of main and mizzen, and dropped
anchor in fifty feet of water so clear that every huge fluted clamshell was visible on the coral floor. The
whaleboat was not necessary to put the LangaLanga return boys ashore. Hundreds of canoes lay twenty
deep along both sides of the Arangi, and each boy, with his box and bell, was clamoured for by scores of
relatives and friends.
In such height of excitement, Van Horn permitted no one on board. Melanesians, unlike cattle, are as prone to
stampede to attack as to retreat. Two of the boat's crew stood beside the LeeEnfields on the skylight.
Borckman, with half the boat's crew, went about the ship's work. Van Horn, Jerry at his heels, careful that no
one should get at his back, superintended the departure of the Langa Langa returns and kept a vigilant eye
on the remaining half of the boat's crew that guarded the barbedwire rails. And each Somo boy sat on his
tradebox to prevent it from being tossed into the waiting canoes by some LangaLanga boy.
In half an hour the riot departed ashore. Only several canoes lingered, and from one of these Van Horn
beckoned aboard Nauhau, the biggest chief of the stronghold of LangaLanga. Unlike most of the big
chiefs, Nauhau was young, and, unlike most of the Melanesians, he was handsome, even beautiful.
"Hello, King o' Babylon," was Van Horn's greeting, for so he had named him because of fancied Semitic
resemblance blended with the crude power that marked his visage and informed his bearing.
Born and trained to nakedness, Nauhau trod the deck boldly and unashamed. His sole gear of clothing was a
length of trunk strap buckled about his waist. Between this and his bare skin was thrust the naked blade of a
teninch ripping knife. His sole decoration was a white China soupplate, perforated and strung on coconut
sennit, suspended from about his neck so that it rested flat on his chest and halfconcealed the generous swell
of muscles. It was the greatest of treasures. No man of Malaita he had ever heard of possessed an unbroken
soupplate.
Nor was he any more ridiculous because of the soupplate than was he ludicrous because of his nakedness.
He was royal. His father had been a king before him, and he had proved himself greater than his father. Life
and death he bore in his hands and head. Often he had exercised it, chirping to his subjects in the tongue of
LangaLanga: "Slay here," and "Slay there"; "Thou shalt die," and "Thou shalt live." Because his father, a
year abdicated, had chosen foolishly to interfere with his son's government, he had called two boys and had
them twist a cord of coconut around his father's neck so that thereafter he never breathed again. Because his
favourite wife, mother of his eldest born, had dared out of silliness of affection to violate one of his kingly
tamboos, he had had her killed and had himself selfishly and religiously eaten the last of her even to the
marrow of her cracked joints, sharing no morsel with his boonest of comrades.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 47
Page No 50
Royal he was, by nature, by training, by deed. He carried himself with consciousness of royalty. He looked
royalas a magnificent stallion may look royal, as a lion on a painted tawny desert may look royal. He was
as splendid a brutean adumbration of the splendid human conquerors and rulers, higher on the ladder of
evolution, who have appeared in other times and places. His pose of body, of chest, of shoulders, of head,
was royal. Royal was the heavylidded, lazy, insolent way he looked out of his eyes.
Royal in courage was he, this moment on the Arangi, despite the fact that he knew he walked on dynamite.
As he had long since bitterly learned, any white man was as much dynamite as was the mysterious
deathdealing missile he sometimes employed. When a stripling, he had made one of the canoe force that
attacked the sandalwoodcutter that had been even smaller than the Arangi. He had never forgotten that
mystery. Two of the three white men he had seen slain and their heads removed on deck. The third, still
fighting, had but the minute before fled below. Then the cutter, along with all her wealth of hoopiron,
tobacco, knives and calico, had gone up into the air and fallen back into the sea in scattered and fragmented
nothingness. It had been dynamitethe MYSTERY. And he, who had been hurled uninjured through the air
by a miracle of fortune, had divined that white men in themselves were truly dynamite, compounded of the
same mystery as the substance with which they shot the swift darting schools of mullet, or blow up, in
extremity, themselves and the ships on which they voyaged the sea from far places. And yet on this unstable
and deathterrific substance of which he was well aware Van Horn was composed, he trod heavily with his
personality, daring, to the verge of detonation, to impact it with his insolence.
"My word," he began, "what name you make 'm boy belong me stop along you too much?" Which was a true
and correct charge that the boys which Van Horn had just returned had been away three years and a half
instead of three years.
"You talk that fella talk I get cross too much along you," Van Horn bristled back, and then added,
diplomatically, dipping into a half case of tobacco sawed across and proffering a handful of stick tobacco:
"Much better you smoke 'm up and talk 'm good fella talk."
But Nauhau grandly waved aside the gift for which he hungered.
"Plenty tobacco stop along me," he lied. "What name one fella boy go way no come back?" he demanded.
Van Horn pulled the long slender account book out of the twist of his loincloth, and, while he skimmed its
pages, impressed Nauhau with the dynamite of the white man's superior powers which enabled him to
remember correctly inside the scrawled sheets of a book instead of inside his head.
"Sati," Van Horn read, his finger marking the place, his eyes alternating watchfully between the writing and
the black chief before him, while the black chief himself speculated and studied the chance of getting behind
him and, with the single knifethrust he knew so well, of severing the other's spinal cord at the base of the
neck.
"Sati," Van Horn read. "Last monsoon begin about this time, him fella Sati get 'm sick belly belong him too
much; bime by him fella Sati finish altogether," he translated into bechedemer the written information:
Died of dysentery July 4th, 1901.
"Plenty work him fella Sati, long time," Nauhau drove to the point. "What come along money belong him?"
Van Horn did mental arithmetic from the account.
"Altogether him make 'm six tens pounds and two fella pounds gold money," was his translation of sixtytwo
pounds of wages. "I pay advance father belong him one ten pounds and five fella pounds. Him finish
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 48
Page No 51
altogether four tens pounds and seven fella pounds."
"What name stop four tens pounds and seven fella pounds?" Nauhau demanded, his tongue, but not his
brain, encompassing so prodigious a sum.
Van Horn held up his hand.
"Too much hurry you fella Nauhau. Him fella Sati buy 'm slop chest along plantation two tens pounds and
one fella pound. Belong Sati he finish altogether two tens pounds and six fella pounds."
"What name stop two tens pounds and six fella pounds?" Nauhau continued inflexibly.
"Stop 'm along me," the captain answered curtly.
"Give 'm me two tens pounds and six fella pounds."
"Give 'm you hell," Van Horn refused, and in the blue of his eyes the black chief sensed the impression of the
dynamite out of which white men seemed made, and felt his brain quicken to the vision of the bloody day he
first encountered an explosion of dynamite and was hurled through the air.
"What name that old fella boy stop 'm along canoe?" Van Horn asked, pointing to an old man in a canoe
alongside. "Him father belong Sati?"
"Him father belong Sati," Nauhau affirmed.
Van Horn motioned the old man in and on board, beckoned Borckman to take charge of the deck and of
Nauhau, and went below to get the money from his strongbox. When he returned, cavalierly ignoring the
chief, he addressed himself to the old man.
"What name belong you?"
"Me fella Nino," was the quavering response. "Him fella Sati belong along me."
Van Horn glanced for verification to Nauhau, who nodded affirmation in the reverse Solomon way;
whereupon Van Horn counted twentysix gold sovereigns into the hand of Sati's father.
Immediately thereafter Nauhau extended his hand and received the sum. Twenty gold pieces the chief
retained for himself, returning to the old man the remaining six. It was no quarrel of Van Horn's. He had
fulfilled his duty and paid properly. The tyranny of a chief over a subject was none of his business.
Both masters, white and black, were fairly contented with themselves. Van Horn had paid the money where it
was due; Nauhau, by virtue of kingship, had robbed Sati's father of Sati's labour before Van Horn's eyes.
But Nauhau was not above strutting. He declined a proffered present of tobacco, bought a case of stick
tobacco from Van Horn, paying him five pounds for it, and insisted on having it sawed open so that he could
fill his pipe.
"Plenty good boy stop along LangaLanga?" Van Horn, unperturbed, politely queried, in order to make
conversation and advertise nonchalance.
The King o' Babylon grinned, but did not deign to reply.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 49
Page No 52
"Maybe I go ashore and walk about?" Van Horn challenged with tentative emphasis.
"Maybe too much trouble along you," Nauhau challenged back. "Maybe plenty bad fella boy kaikai along
you."
Although Van Horn did not know it, at this challenge he experienced the hairpricking sensations in his scalp
that Jerry experienced when he bristled his back.
"Hey, Borckman," he called. "Man the whaleboat."
When the whaleboat was alongside, he descended into it first, superiorly, then invited Nauhau to accompany
him.
"My word, King o' Babylon," he muttered in the chief's ears as the boat's crew bent to the oars, "one fella boy
make 'm trouble, I shoot 'm hell outa you first thing. Next thing I shoot 'm hell outa LangaLanga. All the
time you me fella walk about, you walk about along me. You no like walk about along me, you finish close
up altogether."
And ashore, a white man alone, attended by an Irish terrier puppy with a heart flooded with love and by a
black king resentfully respectful of the dynamite of the white man, Van Horn went, swashbuckling
barelegged through a stronghold of three thousand souls, while his white mate, addicted to schnapps, held the
deck of the tiny craft at anchor off shore, and while his black boat's crew, oars in hands, held the whaleboat
sternon to the beach to receive the expected flying leap of the man they served but did not love, and whose
head they would eagerly take any time were it not for fear of him.
Van Horn had had no intention of going ashore, and that he went ashore at the black chief's insolent challenge
was merely a matter of business. For an hour he strolled about, his right hand never far from the butt of the
automatic that lay along his groin, his eyes never too far from the unwilling Nauhau beside him. For Nau
hau, in sullen volcanic rage, was ripe to erupt at the slightest opportunity. And, so strolling, Van Horn was
given to see what few white men have seen, for LangaLanga and her sister islets, beautiful beads strung
along the lee coast of Malaita, were as unique as they were unexplored.
Originally these islets had been mere sandbanks and coral reefs awash in the sea or shallowly covered by
the sea. Only a hunted, wretched creature, enduring incredible hardship, could have eked out a miserable
existence upon them. But such hunted, wretched creatures, survivors of village massacres, escapes from the
wrath of chiefs and from the longpig fate of the cookingpot, did come, and did endure. They, who knew
only the bush, learned the salt water and developed the saltwaterman breed. They learned the ways of the
fish and the shellfish, and they invented hooks and lines, nets and fishtraps, and all the diverse cunning
ways by which swimming meat can be garnered from the shifting, unstable sea.
Such refugees stole women from the mainland, and increased and multiplied. With herculean labour, under
the burning sun, they conquered the sea. They walled the confines of their coral reefs and sandbanks with
coralrock stolen from the mainland on dark nights. Fine masonry, without mortar or cutting chisel, they
builded to withstand the ocean surge. Likewise stolen from the mainland, as mice steal from human
habitations when humans sleep, they stole canoeloads, and millions of canoeloads, of fat, rich soil.
Generations and centuries passed, and, behold, in place of naked sandbanks half awash were walled citadels,
perforated with launchingways for the long canoes, protected against the mainland by the lagoons that were
to them their narrow seas. Coconut palms, banana trees, and lofty breadfruit trees gave food and sunshelter.
Their gardens prospered. Their long, lean warcanoes ravaged the coasts and visited vengeance for their
forefathers upon the descendants of them that had persecuted and desired to eat.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 50
Page No 53
Like the refugees and renegades who slunk away in the salt marshes of the Adriatic and builded the palaces
of powerful Venice on her deepsunk piles, so these wretched hunted blacks builded power until they
became masters of the mainland, controlling traffic and trade routes, compelling the bushmen for ever after
to remain in the bush and never to dare attempt the saltwater.
And here, amidst the fat success and insolence of the seapeople, Van Horn swaggered his way, taking his
chance, incapable of believing that he might swiftly die, knowing that he was building good future business
in the matter of recruiting labour for the plantations of other adventuring white men on far islands who dared
only less greatly than he.
And when, at the end of an hour, Van Horn passed Jerry into the sternsheets of the whaleboat and followed,
he left on the beach a stunned and wondering royal black, who, more than ever before, was respectful of the
dynamitecompounded white men who brought to him stick tobacco, calico, knives and hatchets, and
inexorably extracted from such trade a profit.
CHAPTER XI
Back on board, Van Horn immediately hove short, hoisted sail, broke out the anchor, and filled away for the
tenmile beat up the lagoon to windward that would fetch Somo. On the way, he stopped at Binu to greet
Chief Johnny and land a few Binu returns. Then it was on to Somo, and to the end of voyaging for ever of the
Arangi and of many that were aboard of her.
Quite the opposite to his treatment at LangaLanga was that accorded Van Horn at Somo. Once the return
boys were put ashore, and this was accomplished no later than threethirty in the afternoon, he invited Chief
Bashti on board. And Chief Bashti came, very nimble and active despite his great age, and very
goodnaturedso good natured, in fact, that he insisted on bringing three of his elderly wives on board
with him. This was unprecedented. Never had he permitted any of his wives to appear before a white man,
and Van Horn felt so honoured that he presented each of them with a gay clay pipe and a dozen sticks of
tobacco.
Late as the afternoon was, trade was brisk, and Bashti, who had taken the lion's share of the wages due to the
fathers of two boys who had died, bought liberally of the Arangi's stock. When Bashti promised plenty of
fresh recruits, Van Horn, used to the changeableness of the savage mind, urged signing them up right away.
Bashti demurred, and suggested next day. Van Horn insisted that there was no time like the present, and so
well did he insist that the old chief sent a canoe ashore to round up the boys who had been selected to go
away to the plantations.
"Now, what do you think?" Van Horn asked of Borckman, whose eyes were remarkably fishy. "I never saw
the old rascal so friendly. Has he got something up his sleeve?"
The mate stared at the many canoes alongside, noted the numbers of women in them, and shook his head.
"When they're starting anything they always send the Marys into the bush," he said.
"You never can tell about these niggers," the captain grumbled. "They may be short on imagination, but once
in a while they do figure out something new. Now Bashti's the smartest old nigger I've ever seen. What's to
prevent his figuring out that very bet and playing it in reverse? Just because they've never had their women
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 51
Page No 54
around when trouble was on the carpet is no reason that they will always keep that practice."
"Not even Bashti's got the savvee to pull a trick like that," Borckman objected. "He's just feeling good and
liberal. Why, he's bought forty pounds of goods from you already. That's why he wants to sign on a new
batch of boys with us, and I'll bet he's hoping half of them die so's he can have the spending of their wages."
All of which was most reasonable. Nevertheless, Van Horn shook his head.
"All the same keep your eyes sharp on everything," he cautioned. "And remember, the two of us mustn't ever
be below at the same time. And no more schnapps, mind, until we're clear of the whole kit and caboodle."
Bashti was incredibly lean and prodigiously old. He did not know how old he was himself, although he did
know that no person in his tribe had been alive when he was a young boy in the village. He remembered the
days when some of the old men, still alive, had been born; and, unlike him, they were now decrepit, shaken
with palsy, bleareyed, toothless of mouth, deaf of ear, or paralysed. All his own faculties remained
unimpaired. He even boasted a dozen worn fangs of teeth, gumlevel, on which he could still chew.
Although he no longer had the physical endurance of youth, his thinking was as original and clear as it had
always been. It was due to his thinking that he found his tribe stronger than when he had first come to rule it.
In his small way he had been a Melanesian Napoleon. As a warrior, the play of his mind had enabled him to
beat back the bushmen's boundaries. The scars on his withered body attested that he had fought to the fore.
As a Lawgiver, he had encouraged and achieved strength and efficiency within his tribe. As a statesman, he
had always kept one thought ahead of the thoughts of the neighbouring chiefs in the making of treaties and
the granting of concessions.
And with his mind, still keenly alive, he had but just evolved a scheme whereby he might outwit Van Horn
and get the better of the vast British Empire about which he guessed little and know less.
For Somo had a history. It was that queer anomaly, a saltwater tribe that lived on the lagoon mainland
where only bushmen were supposed to live. Far back into the darkness of time, the folklore of Somo cast a
glimmering light. On a day, so far back that there was no way of estimating its distance, one, Somo, son of
Loti, who was the chief of the island fortress of Umbo, had quarrelled with his father and fled from his wrath
along with a dozen canoeloads of young men. For two monsoons they had engaged in an odyssey. It was in
the myth that they circumnavigated Malaita twice, and forayed as far as Ugi and San Cristobal across the
wide seas.
Women they had inevitably stolen after successful combats, and, in the end, being burdened with women and
progeny, Somo had descended upon the mainland shore, driven the bushmen back, and established the
saltwater fortress of Somo. Built it was, on its seafront, like any island fortress, with walled coralrock to
oppose the sea and chance marauders from the sea, and with launching ways through the walls for the long
canoes. To the rear, where it encroached on the jungle, it was like any scattered bush village. But Somo, the
wideseeing father of the new tribe, had established his boundaries far up in the bush on the shoulders of the
lesser mountains, and on each shoulder had planted a village. Only the greatly daring that fled to him had
Somo permitted to join the new tribe. The weaklings and cowards they had promptly eaten, and the
unbelievable tale of their many heads adorning the canoehouses was part of the myth.
And this tribe, territory, and stronghold, at the latter end of time, Bashti had inherited, and he had bettered his
inheritance. Nor was he above continuing to better it. For a long time he had reasoned closely and carefully in
maturing the plan that itched in his brain for fulfilment. Three years before, the tribe of Ano Ano, miles down
the coast, had captured a recruiter, destroyed her and all hands, and gained a fabulous store of tobacco, calico,
beads, and all manner of trade goods, rifles and ammunition.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 52
Page No 55
Little enough had happened in the way of price that was paid. Half a year after, a war vessel had poked her
nose into the lagoon, shelled Ano Ano, and sent its inhabitants scurrying into the bush. The landingparty
that followed had futilely pursued along the jungle runways. In the end it had contented itself with killing
forty fat pigs and chopping down a hundred coconut trees. Scarcely had the war vessel passed out to open
sea, when the people of Ano Ano were back from the bush to the village. Shell fire on flimsy grass houses is
not especially destructive. A few hours' labour of the women put that little matter right. As for the forty dead
pigs, the entire tribe fell upon the carcasses, roasted them under the ground with hot stones, and feasted. The
tender tips of the fallen palms were likewise eaten, while the thousands of coconuts were husked and split and
sundried and smokecured into copra to be sold to the next passing trader.
Thus, the penalty exacted had proved a picnic and a feastall of which appealed to the thrifty, calculating
brain of Bashti. And what was good for Ano Ano, in his judgment was surely good for Somo. Since such
were white men's ways who sailed under the British flag and killed pigs and cut down coconuts in
cancellation of blooddebts and headtakings, Bashti saw no valid reason why he should not profit as Ano
Ano had profited. The price to be paid at some possible future time was absurdly disproportionate to the
immediate wealth to be gained. Besides, it had been over two years since the last British war vessel had
appeared in the Solomons.
And thus, Bashti, with a fine fresh idea inside his head, bowed his chief's head in consent that his people
could flock aboard and trade. Very few of them knew what his idea was or that he even had an idea.
Trade grew still brisker as more canoes came alongside and black men and women thronged the deck. Then
came the recruits, newcaught, young, savage things, timid as deer, yet yielding to stern parental and tribal
law and going down into the Arangi's cabin, one by one, their fathers and mothers and relatives
accompanying them in family groups, to confront the big fella white marster, who wrote their names down in
a mysterious book, had them ratify the three years' contract of their labour by a touch of the right hand to the
pen with which he wrote, and who paid the first year's advance in trade goods to the heads of their respective
families.
Old Bashti sat near, taking his customary heavy tithes out of each advance, his three old wives squatting
humbly at his feet and by their mere presence giving confidence to Van Horn, who was elated by the stroke
of business. At such rate his cruise on Malaita would be a short one, when he would sail away with a full
ship.
On deck, where Borckman kept a sharp eye out against danger, Jerry prowled about, sniffing the many legs of
the many blacks he had never encountered before. The wilddog had gone ashore with the return boys, and of
the return boys only one had come back. It was Lerumie, past whom Jerry repeatedly and stiffleggedly
bristled without gaining response of recognition. Lerumie coolly ignored him, went down below once and
purchased a trade handmirror, and, with a look of the eyes, assured old Bashti that all was ready and ripe to
break at the first favourable moment.
On deck, Borckman gave this favourable moment. Nor would he have so given it had he not been guilty of
carelessness and of disobedience to his captain's orders. He did not leave the schnapps alone. Be did not sense
what was impending all about him. Aft, where he stood, the deck was almost deserted. Amidships and for'ard,
gamming with the boat's crew, the deck was crowded with blacks of both sexes. He made his way to the yam
sacks lashed abaft the mizzenmast and got his bottle. Just before he drank, with a shred of caution, he cast a
glance behind him. Near him stood a harmless Mary, middleaged, fat, squat, asymmetrical, unlovely, a
sucking child of two years astride her hip and taking nourishment. Surely no harm was to be apprehended
there. Furthermore, she was patently a weaponless Mary, for she wore no stitch of clothing that otherwise
might have concealed a weapon. Over against the rail, ten feet to one side, stood Lerumie, smirking into the
trade mirror he had just bought.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 53
Page No 56
It was in the trade mirror that Lerumie saw Borckman bend to the yamsacks, return to the erect, throw his
head back, the mouth of the bottle glued to his lips, the bottom elevated skyward. Lerumie lifted his right
hand in signal to a woman in a canoe alongside. She bent swiftly for something that she tossed to Lerumie. It
was a longhandled tomahawk, the head of it an ordinary shingler's hatchet, the haft of it, nativemade, a
black and polished piece of hard wood, inlaid in rude designs with motherofpearl and wrapped with
coconut sennit to make a hand grip. The blade of the hatchet had been ground to razoredge.
As the tomahawk flew noiselessly through the air to Lerumie's hand, just as noiselessly, the next instant, it
flew through the air from his hand into the hand of the fat Mary with the nursing child who stood behind the
mate. She clutched the handle with both hands, while the child, astride her hip, held on to her with both small
arms part way about her.
Still she waited the stroke, for with Borckman's head thrown back was no time to strive to sever the spinal
cord at the neck. Many eyes beheld the impending tragedy. Jerry saw, but did not understand. With all his
hostility to niggers he had not divined the attack from the air. Tambi, who chanced to be near the skylight,
saw, and, seeing, reached for a LeeEnfield. Lerumie saw Tambi's action and hissed haste to the Mary.
Borckman, as unaware of this, his last second of life, as he had been of his first second of birth, lowered the
bottle and straightened forward his head. The keen edge sank home. What, in that flash of instant when his
brain was severed from the rest of his body, Borckman may have felt or thought, if he felt or thought at all, is
a mystery unsolvable to living man. No man, his spinal cord so severed, has ever given one word or whisper
of testimony as to what were his sensations and impressions. No less swift than the hatchet stroke was the
limp placidity into which Borckman's body melted to the deck. He did not reel or pitch. He melted, as a sack
of wind suddenly emptied, as a bladder of air suddenly punctured. The bottle fell from his dead hand upon the
yams without breaking, although the remnant of its contents gurgled gently out upon the deck.
So quick was the occurrence of action, that the first shot from Tambi's musket missed the Mary ere
Borckman had quite melted to the deck. There was no time for a second shot, for the Mary, dropping the
tomahawk, holding her child in both her hands and plunging to the rail, was in the air and overboard, her fall
capsizing the canoe which chanced to be beneath her.
Scores of actions were simultaneous. From the canoes on both sides uprose a glittering, glistening rain of
motherofpearlhandled tomahawks that descended into the waiting hands of the Somo men on deck, while
the Marys on deck crouched down and scrambled out of the fray. At the same time that the Mary who had
killed Borckman leapt the rail, Lerumie bent for the tomahawk she had dropped, and Jerry, aware of red war,
slashed the hand that reached for the tomahawk. Lerumie stood upright and loosed loudly, in a howl, all the
pent rage and hatred, of months which he had cherished against the puppy. Also, as he gained the
perpendicular and as Jerry flew at his legs, he launched a kick with all his might that caught and lifted Jerry
squarely under the middle.
And in the next second, or fraction of second, as Jerry lifted and soared through the air, over the barbed wire
of the rail and overboard, while Sniders were being passed up overside from the canoes, Tambi fired his next
hasty shot. And Lerumie, the foot with which he had kicked not yet returned to the deck as again he was in
midaction of stooping to pick up the tomahawk, received the bullet squarely in the heart and pitched down
to melt with Borckman into the softness of death.
Ere Jerry struck the water, the glory of Tambi's marvellously lucky shot was over for Tambi; for, at the
moment he pressed trigger to the successful shot, a tomahawk bit across his skull at the base of the brain and
darkened from his eyes for ever the bright vision of the seawashed, sunblazoned tropic world. As swiftly,
all occurring almost simultaneously, did the rest of the boat's crew pass and the deck became a shambles.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 54
Page No 57
It was to the reports of the Sniders and the noises of the death scuffle that Jerry's head emerged from the
water. A man's hand reached over a canoeside and dragged him in by the scruff of the neck, and, although
he snarled and struggled to bite his rescuer, he was not so much enraged as was he torn by the wildest
solicitude for Skipper. He knew, without thinking about it, that the Arangi had been boarded by the hazily
sensed supreme disaster of life that all life intuitively apprehends and that only man knows and calls by the
name of "death." Borckman he had seen struck down. Lerumie he had heard struck down. And now he was
hearing the explosions of rifles and the yells and screeches of triumph and fear.
So it was, helpless, suspended in the air by the nape of the neck, that he bawled and squalled and choked and
coughed till the black, disgusted, flung him down roughly in the canoe's bottom. He scrambled to his feet and
made two leaps: one upon the gunwale of the canoe; the next, despairing and hopeless, without consideration
of self, for the rail of the Arangi.
His forefeet missed the rail by a yard, and he plunged down into the sea. He came up, swimming frantically,
swallowing and strangling salt water because he still yelped and wailed and barked his yearning to be on
board with Skipper.
But a boy of twelve, in another canoe, having witnessed the first black's adventure with Jerry, treated him
without ceremony, laying, first the flat, and next the edge, of a paddle upon his head while he still swam. And
the darkness of unconsciousness welled over his bright little lovesuffering brain, so that it was a limp and
motionless puppy that the black boy dragged into his canoe.
In the meantime, down below in the Arangi's cabin, ere ever Jerry hit the water from Lerumie's kick, even
while he was in the air, Van Horn, in one great flashing profound fraction of an instant, had known his death.
Not for nothing had old Bashti lived longest of any living man in his tribe, and ruled wisest of all the long
line of rulers since Somo's time. Had he been placed more generously in earth space and time, he might well
have proved an Alexander, a Napoleon, or a swarthy Kahehameha. As it was, he performed well, and
splendidly well, in his limited little kingdom on the leeward coast of the dark cannibal island of Malaita.
And such a performance! In cool good nature in rigid maintenance of his chiefship rights, he had smiled at
Van Horn, given royal permission to his young men to sign on for three years of plantation slavery, and
exacted his share of each year's advance. Aora, who might be described as his prime minister and treasurer,
had received the tithes as fast as they were paid over, and filled them into large, finenetted bags of coconut
sennit. At Bashti's back, squatting on the bunkboards, a slim and smoothskinned maid of thirteen had
flapped the flies away from his royal head with the royal flyflapper. At his feet had squatted his three old
wives, the oldest of them, toothless and somewhat palsied, ever presenting to his hand, at his head nod, a
basket roughwoven of pandanus leaf.
And Bashti, his keen old ears pitched for the first untoward sound from on deck, had continually nodded his
head and dipped his hand into the proffered basketnow for betelnut, and limebox, and the invariable
green leaf with which to wrap the mouthful; now for tobacco with which to fill his short clay pipe; and, again,
for matches with which to light the pipe which seemed not to draw well and which frequently went out.
Toward the last the basket had hovered constantly close to his hand, and, at the last, he made one final dip. It
was at the moment when the Mary's axe, on deck, had struck Borckman down and when Tambi loosed the
first shot at her from his LeeEnfield. And Bashti's withered ancient hand, the back of it netted with a
complex of large upstanding veins from which the flesh had shrunk away, dipped out a huge pistol of such
remote vintage that one of Cromwell's round heads might well have carried it or that it might well have
voyaged with Quiros or La Perouse. It was a flintlock, as long as a man's forearm, and it had been loaded
that afternoon by no less a person than Bashti himself.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 55
Page No 58
Quick as Bashti had been, Van Horn was almost as quick, but not quite quick enough. Even as his hand leapt
to the modern automatic lying out of it's holster and loose on his knees, the pistol of the centuries went off.
Loaded with two slugs and a round bullet, its effect was that of a sawedoff shotgun. And Van Horn knew
the blaze and the black of death, even as "Gott fer dang!" died unuttered on his lips and as his fingers relaxed
from the partlifted automatic, dropping it to the floor.
Surcharged with black powder, the ancient weapon had other effect. It burst in Bashti's hand. While Aora,
with a knife produced apparently from nowhere, proceeded to hack off the white master's head, Bashti looked
quizzically at his right forefinger dangling by a strip of skin. He seized it with his left hand, with a quick pull
and twist wrenched it off, and grinningly tossed it, as a joke, into the pandanus basket which still his wife
with one hand held before him while with the other she clutched her forehead bleeding from a flying
fragment of pistol.
Collaterally with this, three of the young recruits, joined by their fathers and uncles, had downed, and were
finishing off the only one of the boat's crew that was below. Bashti, who had lived so long that he was a
philosopher who minded pain little and the loss of a finger less, chuckled and chirped his satisfaction and
pride of achievement in the outcome, while his three old wives, who lived only at the nod of his head, fawned
under him on the floor in the abjectness of servile congratulation and worship. Long had they lived, and they
had lived long only by his kingly whim. They floundered and gibbered and mowed at his feet, lord of life and
death that he was, infinitely wise as he had so often proved himself, as he had this time proved himself again.
And the lean, fearstricken girl, like a frightened rabbit in the mouth of its burrow, on hands and knees
peered forth upon the scene from the lazarette and knew that the cookingpot and the end of time had come
for her.
CHAPTER XII
What happened aboard the Arangi Jerry never knew. He did know that it was a world destroyed, for he saw it
destroyed. The boy who had knocked him on the head with the paddle, tied his legs securely and tossed him
out on the beach ere he forgot him in the excitement of looting the Arangi.
With great shouting and song, the pretty teakbuilt yacht was towed in by the long canoes and beached close
to where Jerry lay just beyond the confines of the coralstone walls. Fires blazed on the beach, lanterns were
lighted on board, and, amid a great feasting, the Arangi was gutted and stripped. Everything portable was
taken ashore, from her pigs of iron ballast to her running gear and sails. No one in Somo slept that night.
Even the tiniest of children toddled about the feasting fires or sprawled surfeited on the sands. At two in the
morning, at Bashti's command, the shell of the boat was fired. And Jerry, thirsting for water, having
whimpered and wailed himself to exhaustion, lying helpless, legtied, on his side, saw the floating world he
had known so short a time go up in flame and smoke.
And by the light of her burning, old Bashti apportioned the loot. No one of the tribe was too mean to receive
nothing. Even the wretched bushslaves, who had trembled through all the time of their captivity from fear of
being eaten, received each a clay pipe and several sticks of tobacco. The main bulk of the trade goods, which
was not distributed, Bashti had carried up to his own large grass house. All the wealth of gear was stored in
the several canoe houses. While in the devil devil houses the devil devil doctors set to work curing the many
heads over slow smudges; for, along with the boat's crew there were a round dozen of Noola return boys and
several Malu boys which Van Horn had not yet delivered.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 56
Page No 59
Not all these had been slain, however. Bashti had issued stern injunctions against wholesale slaughter. But
this was not because his heart was kind. Rather was it because his head was shrewd. Slain they would all be
in the end. Bashti had never seen ice, did not know it existed, and was unversed in the science of
refrigeration. The only way he knew to keep meat was to keep it alive. And in the biggest canoe house, the
club house of the stags, where no Mary might come under penalty of death by torture, the captives were
stored.
Tied or trussed like fowls or pigs, they were tumbled on the hard packed earthen floor, beneath which,
shallowly buried, lay the remains of ancient chiefs, while, overhead, in wrappings of grass mats, swung all
that was left of several of Bashti's immediate predecessors, his father latest among them and so swinging for
two full generations. Here, too, since she was to be eaten and since the taboo had no bearing upon one
condemned to be cooked, the thin little Mary from the lazarette was tumbled trussed upon the floor among
the many blacks who had teased and mocked her for being fattened by Van Horn for the eating.
And to this canoe house Jerry was also brought to join the others on the floor. Agno, chief of the devil devil
doctors, had stumbled across him on the beach, and, despite the protestations of the boy who claimed him as
personal trove, had ordered him to the canoe house. Carried past the fires of the feasting, his keen nostrils had
told him of what the feast consisted. And, new as the experience was, he had bristled and snarled and
struggled against his bonds to be free. Likewise, at first, tossed down in the canoe house, he had bristled and
snarled at his fellow captives, not realizing their plight, and, since always he had been trained to look upon
niggers as the eternal enemy, considering them responsible for the catastrophe to the Arangi and to Skipper.
For Jerry was only a little dog, with a dog's limitations, and very young in the world. But not for long did he
throat his rage at them. In vague ways it was borne in upon him that they, too, were not happy. Some had
been cruelly wounded, and kept up a moaning and groaning. Without any clearness of concept, nevertheless
Jerry had a realization that they were as painfully circumstanced as himself. And painful indeed was his own
circumstance. He lay on his side, the cords that bound his legs so tight as to bite into his tender flesh and shut
off the circulation. Also, he was perishing for water, and panted, drytongued, drymouthed, in the stagnant
heat.
A dolorous place it was, this canoe house, filled with groans and sighs, corpses beneath the floor and
composing the floor, creatures soon to be corpses upon the floor, corpses swinging in aerial sepulchre
overhead, long black canoes, highended like beaked predatory monsters, dimly looming in the light of a
slow fire where sat an ancient of the tribe of Somo at his interminable task of smokecuring a bushman's
head. He was withered, and blind, and senile, gibbering and mowing like some huge ape as ever he turned
and twisted, and twisted back again, the suspended head in the pungent smoke, and handful by handful added
rotten punk of wood to the smudge fire.
Sixty feet in the clear, the dim fire occasionally lighted, through shadowy crossbeams, the ridgepole that
was covered with sennit of coconut that was braided in barbaric designs of black and white and that was
stained by the smoke of years almost to a monochrome of dirty brown. From the lofty crossbeams, on long
sennit strings, hung the heads of enemies taken aforetime in jungle raid and sea foray. The place breathed the
very atmosphere of decay and death, and the imbecile ancient, curing in the smoke the token of death, was
himself palsiedly shaking into the disintegration of the grave.
Toward daylight, with great shouting and heaving and pull and haul, scores of Somo men brought in another
of the big war canoes. They made way with foot and hand, kicking and thrusting dragging and shoving, the
bound captives to either side of the space which the canoe was to occupy. They were anything but gentle to
the meat with which they had been favoured by good fortune and the wisdom of Bashti.
For a time they sat about, all pulling at clay pipes and chirruping and laughing in queer thin falsettos at the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 57
Page No 60
events of the night and the previous afternoon. Now one and now another stretched out and slept without
covering; for so, directly under the path of the sun, had they slept nakedly from the time they were born.
Remained awake, as dawn paled the dark, only the grievously wounded or the tootightly bound, and the
decrepit ancient who was not so old as Bashti. When the boy who had stunned Jerry with his paddle blade
and who claimed him as his own stole into the canoe house, the ancient did not hear him. Being blind, he did
not see him. He continued gibbering and chuckling dementedly, to twist the bushman's head back and forth
and to feed the smudge with punkwood. This was no nighttask for any man, nor even for him who had
forgotten how to do aught else. But the excitement of cutting out the Arangi had been communicated to his
addled brain, and, with vague reminiscent flashes of the strength of life triumphant, he shared deliriously in
this triumph of Somo by applying himself to the curing of the head that was in itself the concrete expression
of triumph.
But the twelveyearold lad who stole in and cautiously stepped over the sleepers and threaded his way
among the captives, did so with his heart in his mouth. He knew what taboos he was violating. Not old
enough even to leave his father's grass roof and sleep in the youths' canoe house, much less to sleep with the
young bachelors in their canoe house, he knew that he took his life, with all of its dimly guessed mysteries
and arrogances, in his hand thus to trespass into the sacred precinct of the fullmade, fullrealized, full
statured men of Somo.
But he wanted Jerry and he got him. Only the lean little Mary, trussed for the cooking, staring through her
wide eyes of fear, saw the boy pick Jerry up by his tied legs and carry him out and away from the booty of
meat of which she was part. Jerry's heroic little heart of courage would have made him snarl and resent such
treatment of handling had he not been too exhausted and had not his mouth and throat been too dry for sound.
As it was, miserably and helplessly, not half himself, a puppet dreamer in a halfnightmare, he knew, as a
restless sleeper awakening between vexing dreams, that he was being transported headdownward out of the
canoe house that stank of death, through the village that was only less noisome, and up a path under lofty,
widespreading trees that were beginning languidly to stir with the first breathings of the morning wind.
CHAPTER XIII
The boy's name, as Jerry was to learn, was Lamai, and to Lamai's house Jerry was carried. It was not much of
a house, even as cannibal grasshouses go. On an earthen floor, hardpacked of the filth of years, lived
Lamai's father and mother and a spawn of four younger brothers and sisters. A thatched roof that leaked in
every heavy shower leaned to a wabbly ridgepole over the floor. The walls were even more pervious to a
driving rain. In fact, the house of Lamai, who was the father of Lumai, was the most miserable house in all
Somo.
Lumai, the housemaster and family head, unlike most Malaitans, was fat. And of his fatness it would seem
had been begotten his good nature with its allied laziness. But as the fly in his ointment of jovial
irresponsibility was his wife, Lenerengothe prize shrew of Somo, who was as lean about the middle and all
the rest of her as her husband was rotund; who was as remarkably sharpspoken as he was softspoken; who
was as ceaselessly energetic as he was unceasingly idle; and who had been born with a taste for the world as
sour in her mouth as it was sweet in his.
The boy merely peered into the house as he passed around it to the rear, and he saw his father and mother, at
opposite corners, sleeping without covering, and, in the middle of the floor, his four naked brothers and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 58
Page No 61
sisters curled together in a tangle like a litter of puppies. All about the house, which in truth was scarcely
more than an animal lair, was an earthly paradise. The air was spicily and sweetly heavy with the scents of
wild aromatic plants and gorgeous tropic blooms. Overhead three breadfruit trees interlaced their noble
branches. Banana and plantain trees were burdened with great bunches of ripening fruit. And huge, golden
melons of the papaia, ready for the eating, globuled directly from the slender trunked trees not onetenth the
girth of the fruits they bore. And, for Jerry, most delightful of all, there was the gurgle and plash of a brooklet
that pursued its invisible way over mossy stones under a garmenture of tender and delicate ferns. No
conservatory of a king could compare with this wild wantonness of sungenerous vegetation.
Maddened by the sound of the water, Jerry had first to endure an embracing and hugging from the boy, who,
squatted on his hams, rocked back and forth and mumbled a strange little crooning song. And Jerry, lacking
articulate speech, had no way of telling him of the thirst of which he was perishing.
Next, Lamai tied him securely with a sennit cord about the neck and untied the cords that bit into his legs. So
numb was Jerry from lack of circulation, and so weak from lack of water through part of a tropic day and all
of a tropic night, that he stood up, tottered and fell, and, time and again, essaying to stand, floundered and
fell. And Lamai understood, or tentatively guessed. He caught up a coconut calabash attached to the end of a
stick of bamboo, dipped into the greenery of ferns, and presented to Jerry the calabash brimming with the
precious water.
Jerry lay on his side at first as he drank, until, with the moisture, life flowed back into the parched channels of
him, so that, soon, still weak and shaky, he was up and braced on all his four widespread legs and still
eagerly lapping. The boy chuckled and chirped his delight in the spectacle, and Jerry found surcease and
easement sufficient to enable him to speak with his tongue after the hearteloquent manner of dogs. He took
his nose out of the calabash and with his roseribbon strip of tongue licked Lamai's hand. And Lamai, in
ecstasy over this establishment of common speech, urged the calabash back under Jerry's nose, and Jerry
drank again.
He continued to drink. He drank until his sunshrunken sides stood out like the walls of a balloon, although
longer were the intervals from the drinking in which, with his tongue of gratefulness, he spoke against the
black skin of Lamai's hand. And all went well, and would have continued to go well, had not Lamai's mother,
Lenerengo, just awakened, stepped across her black litter of progeny and raised her voice in shrill protest
against her eldest born's introducing of one more mouth and much more nuisance into the household.
A squabble of human speech followed, of which Jerry knew no word but of which he sensed the significance.
Lamai was with him and for him. Lamai's mother was against him. She shrilled and shrewed her firm
conviction that her son was a fool and worse because he had neither the consideration nor the silly sense of a
fool's solicitude for a hardworked mother. She appealed to the sleeping Lumai, who awoke heavily and
fatly, who muttered and mumbled easy terms of Somo dialect to the effect that it was a most decent world,
that all puppy dogs and eldestborn sons were right delightful things to possess, that he had never yet starved
to death, and that peace and sleep were the finest things that ever befell the lot of mortal man and, in token
thereof, back into the peace of sleep, he snuggled his nose into the biceps of his arm for a pillow and
proceeded to snore.
But Lamai, eyes stubbornly sullen, with mutinous footstampings and a perfect knowledge that all was clear
behind him to leap and flee away if his mother rushed upon him, persisted in retaining his puppy dog. In the
end, after an harangue upon the worthlessness of Lamai's father, she went back to sleep.
Ideas beget ideas. Lamai had learned how astonishingly thirsty Jerry had been. This engendered the idea that
he might be equally hungry. So he applied dry branches of wood to the smouldering coals he dug out of the
ashes of the cookingfire, and builded a large fire. Into this, as it gained strength, he placed many stones from
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 59
Page No 62
a convenient pile, each fireblackened in token that it had been similarly used many times. Next, hidden
under the water of the brook in a netted handbag, he brought to light the carcass of a fat woodpigeon he
had snared the previous day. He wrapped the pigeon in green leaves, and, surrounding it with the hot stones
from the fire, covered pigeon and stones with earth.
When, after a time, he removed the pigeon and stripped from it the scorched wrappings of leaves, it gave
forth a scent so savoury as to prick up Jerry's ears and set his nostrils to quivering. When the boy had torn the
steaming carcass across and cooled it, Jerry's meal began; nor did the meal cease till the last sliver of meat
had been stripped and tongued from the bones and the bones crunched and crackled to fragments and
swallowed. And throughout the meal Lamai made love to Jerry, crooning over and over his little song, and
patting and caressing him.
On the other hand, refreshed by the water and the meat, Jerry did not reciprocate so heartily in the
lovemaking. He was polite, and received his petting with softshining eyes, tailwaggings and the
customary bodywrigglings; but he was restless, and continually listened to distant sounds and yearned away
to be gone. This was not lost upon the boy, who, before he curled himself down to sleep, securely tied to a
tree the end of the cord that was about Jerry's neck.
After straining against the cord for a time, Jerry surrendered and slept. But not for long. Skipper was too
much with him. He knew, and yet he did not know, the irretrievable ultimate disaster to Skipper. So it was,
after low whinings and whimperings, that he applied his sharp firstteeth to the sennit cord and chewed upon
it till it parted.
Free, like a homing pigeon, he headed blindly and directly for the beach and the salt sea over which had
floated the Arangi, on her deck Skipper in command. Somo was largely deserted, and those that were in it
were sunk in sleep. So no one vexed him as he trotted through the winding pathways between the many
houses and past the obscene kingposts of totemic heraldry, where the forms of men, carved from single tree
trunks, were seated in the gaping jaws of carved sharks. For Somo, tracing back to Somo its founder,
worshipped the sharkgod and the saltwater deities as well as the deities of the bush and swamp and
mountain.
Turning to the right until he was past the seawall, Jerry came on down to the beach. No Arangi was to be
seen on the placid surface of the lagoon. All about him was the debris of the feast, and he scented the
smouldering odours of dying fires and burnt meat. Many of the feasters had not troubled to return to their
houses, but lay about on the sand, in the midmorning sunshine, men, women, and children and entire
families, wherever they had yielded to slumber.
Down by the water's edge, so close that his forefeet rested in the water, Jerry sat down, his heart bursting for
Skipper, thrust his nose heavenward at the sun, and wailed his woe as dogs have ever wailed since they came
in from the wild woods to the fires of men.
And here Lamai found him, hushed his grief against his breast with cuddling arms, and carried him back to
the grass house by the brook. Water he offered, but Jerry could drink no more. Love he offered, but Jerry
could not forget his torment of desire for Skipper. In the end, disgusted with so unreasonable a puppy, Lamai
forgot his love in his boyish savageness, clouted Jerry over the head, right side and left, and tied him as few
whites men's dogs have ever been tied. For, in his way, Lamai was a genius. He had never seen the thing
done with any dog, yet he devised, on the spur of the moment, the invention of tying Jerry with a stick. The
stick was of bamboo, four feet long. One end he tied shortly to Jerry's neck, the other end, just as shortly to a
tree. All that Jerry's teeth could reach was the stick, and dry and seasoned bamboo can defy the teeth of any
dog.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 60
Page No 63
CHAPTER XIV
For many days, tied by the stick, Jerry remained Lamai's prisoner. It was not a happy time, for the house of
Lumai was a house of perpetual bickering and quarrelling. Lamai fought pitched battles with his brothers and
sisters for teasing Jerry, and these battles invariably culminated in Lenerengo taking a hand and impartially
punishing all her progeny.
After that, as a matter of course and on general principles, she would have it out with Lumai, whose soft
voice always was for quiet and repose, and who always, at the end of a tonguelashing, took himself off to
the canoe house for a couple of days. Here, Lenerengo was helpless. Into the canoe house of the stags no
Mary might venture. Lenerengo had never forgotten the fate of the last Mary who had broken the taboo. It
had occurred many years before, when she was a girl, and the recollection was ever vivid of the unfortunate
woman hanging up in the sun by one arm for all of a day, and for all of a second day by the other arm. After
that she had been feasted upon by the stags of the canoe house, and for long afterward all women had talked
softly before their husbands.
Jerry did discover liking for Lamai, but it was not strong nor passionate. Rather was it out of gratitude, for
only Lamai saw to it that he received food and water. Yet this boy was no Skipper, no Mister Haggin. Nor
was he even a Derby or a Bob. He was that inferior mancreature, a nigger, and Jerry had been thoroughly
trained all his brief days to the law that the white men were the superior twolegged gods.
He did not fail to recognize, however, the intelligence and power that resided in the niggers. He did not
reason it out. He accepted it. They had power of command over other objects, could propel sticks and stones
through the air, could even tie him a prisoner to a stick that rendered him helpless. Inferior as they might be
to the whitegods, still they were gods of a sort.
It was the first time in his life that Jerry had been tied up, and he did not like it. Vainly he hurt his teeth, some
of which were loosening under the pressure of the second teeth rising underneath. The stick was stronger than
he. Although he did not forget Skipper, the poignancy of his loss faded with the passage of time, until
uppermost in his mind was the desire to be free.
But when the day came that he was freed, he failed to take advantage of it and scuttle away for the beach. It
chanced that Lenerengo released him. She did it deliberately, desiring to be quit of him. But when she untied
Jerry, he stopped to thank her, wagging his tail and smiling up at her with his hazelbrown eyes. She stamped
her foot at him to be gone, and uttered a harsh and intimidating cry. This Jerry did not understand, and so
unused was he to fear that he could not be frightened into running away. He ceased wagging his tail, and,
though he continued to look up at her, his eyes no longer smiled. Her action and noise he identified as
unfriendly, and he became alert and watchful, prepared for whatever hostile act she might next commit.
Again she cried out and stamped her foot. The only effect on Jerry was to make him transfer his watchfulness
to the foot. This slowness in getting away, now that she had released him, was too much for her short temper.
She launched the kick, and Jerry, avoiding it, slashed her ankle.
War broke on the instant, and that she might have killed Jerry in her rage was highly probable had not Lamai
appeared on the scene. The stick untied from Jerry's neck told the tale of her perfidy and incensed Lamai,
who sprang between and deflected the blow with a stone poipounder that might have brained Jerry.
Lamai was now the one in danger of grievous damage, and his mother had just knocked him down with a
clout alongside the head when poor Lumai, roused from sleep by the uproar, ventured out to make peace.
Lenerengo, as usual, forgot everything else in the fiercer pleasure of berating her spouse.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 61
Page No 64
The conclusion of the affair was harmless enough. The children stopped their crying, Lamai retied Jerry with
the stick, Lenerengo harangued herself breathless, and Lumai departed with hurt feelings for the canoe house
where stags could sleep in peace and Marys pestered not.
That night, in the circle of his fellow stags, Lumai recited his sorrows and told the cause of themthe puppy
dog which had come on the Arangi. It chanced that Agno, chief of the devil devil doctors, or high priest,
heard the tale, and recollected that he had sent Jerry to the canoe house along with the rest of the captives.
Half an hour later he was having it out with Lamai. Beyond doubt, the boy had broken the taboos, and privily
he told him so, until Lamai trembled and wept and squirmed abjectly at his feet, for the penalty was death.
It was too good an opportunity to get a hold over the boy for Agno to misplay it. A dead boy was worth
nothing to him, but a living boy whose life he carried in his hand would serve him well. Since no one else
knew of the broken taboo, he could afford to keep quiet. So he ordered Lamai forthright down to live in the
youths' canoe house, there to begin his novitiate in the long series of tasks, tests and ceremonies that would
graduate him into the bachelors' canoe house and half way along toward being a recognized man.
In the morning, obeying the devil devil doctor's commands, Lenerengo tied Jerry's feet together, not without a
struggle in which his head was banged about and her hands were scratched. Then she carried him down
through the village on the way to deliver him at Agno's house. On the way, in the open centre of the village
where stood the kingposts, she left him lying on the ground in order to join in the hilarity of the population.
Not only was old Bashti a stern lawgiver, but he was a unique one. He had selected this day at the one time
to administer punishment to two quarrelling women, to give a lesson to all other women, and to make all his
subjects glad once again that they had him for ruler. Tiha and Wiwau, the two women, were squat and stout
and young, and had long been a scandal because of their incessant quarrelling. Bashti had set them a race to
run. But such a race. It was side splitting. Men, women, and children, beholding, howled with delight. Even
elderly matrons and greybeards with a foot in the grave screeched and shrilled their joy in the spectacle.
The halfmile course lay the length of the village, through its heart, from the beach where the Arangi had
been burned to the beach at the other end of the seawall. It had to be covered once in each direction by Tiha
and Wiwau, in each case one of them urging speed on the other and the other desiring speed that was
unattainable.
Only the mind of Bashti could have devised the show. First, two round coral stones, weighing fully forty
pounds each, were placed in Tiha's arms. She was compelled to clasp them tightly against her sides in order
that they might not roll to the ground. Behind her, Bashti placed Wiwau, who was armed with a bristle of
bamboo splints mounted on a light long shaft of bamboo. The splints were sharp as needles, being indeed the
needles used in tattooing, and on the end of the pole they were intended to be applied to Tiha's back in the
same way that men apply oxgoads to oxen. No serious damage, but much pain, could be inflicted, which
was just what Bashti had intended.
Wiwau prodded with the goad, and Tiha stumbled and wabbled in gymnastic efforts to make speed. Since,
when the farther beach had been reached, the positions would be reversed and Wiwau would carry the stones
back while Tiha prodded, and since Wiwau knew that for what she gave Tiha would then try to give more,
Wiwau exerted herself to give the utmost while yet she could. The perspiration ran down both their faces.
Each had her partisans in the crowd, who encouraged and heaped ridicule with every prod.
Ludicrous as it was, behind it lay iron savage law. The two stones were to be carried the entire course. The
woman who prodded must do so with conviction and dispatch. The woman who was prodded must not lose
her temper and fight her tormentor. As they had been duly forewarned by Bashti, the penalty for infraction of
the rules he had laid down was staking out on the reef at low tide to be eaten by the fishsharks.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 62
Page No 65
As the contestants came opposite where Bashti and Aora his prime minister stood, they redoubled their
efforts, Wiwau goading enthusiastically, Tiha jumping with every thrust to the imminent danger of dropping
the stones. At their heels trooped the children of the village and all the village dogs, whooping and yelping
with excitement.
"Long time you fella Tiha no sit 'm along canoe," Aora bawled to the victim and set Bashti cackling again.
At an unusually urgent prod, Tiha dropped a stone and was duly goaded while she sank to her knees and with
one arm scooped it in against her side, regained her feet, and waddled on.
Once, in stark mutiny at so much pain, she deliberately stopped and addressed her tormentor.
"Me cross along you too much," she told Wiwau. "Bime by, close"
But she never completed the threat. A warmly administered prod broke through her stoicism and started her
tottering along.
The shouting of the rabble ebbed away as the queer race ran on toward the beach. But in a few minutes it
could be heard flooding back, this time Wiwau panting with the weight of coral stone and Tiha, asmart with
what she had endured, trying more than to even the score.
Opposite Bashti, Wiwau lost one of the stones, and, in the effort to recover it, lost the other, which rolled a
dozen feet away from the first. Tiha became a whirlwind of avenging fury. And all Somo went wild. Bashti
held his lean sides with merriment while tears of purest joy ran down his prodigiously wrinkled cheeks.
And when all was over, quoth Bashti to his people: "Thus shall all women fight when they desire over much
to fight."
Only he did not say it in this way. Nor did he say it in the Somo tongue. What he did say was in
bechedemer, and his words were:
"Any fella Mary he like 'm fight, all fella Mary along Somo fight 'm this fella way."
CHAPTER XV
For some time after the conclusion of the race, Bashti stood talking with his head men, Agno among them.
Lenerengo was similarly engaged with several old cronies. As Jerry lay off to one side where she had
forgotten him, the wilddog he had bullied on the Arangi came up and sniffed at him. At first he sniffed at a
distance, ready for instant flight. Then he drew cautiously closer. Jerry watched him with smouldering eyes.
At the moment wilddog's nose touched him, he uttered a warning growl. Wilddog sprang back and whirled
away in headlong flight for a score of yards before he learned that he was not pursued.
Again he came back cautiously, as it was the instinct in him to stalk wild game, crouching so close to the
ground that almost his belly touched. He lifted and dropped his feet with the lithe softness of a cat, and from
time to time glanced to right and to left as if in apprehension of some flank attack. A noisy outburst of boys'
laughter in the distance caused him to crouch suddenly down, his claws thrust into the ground for purchase,
his muscles tense springs for the leap he knew not in what direction, from the danger he knew not what that
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 63
Page No 66
might threaten him. Then he identified the noise, know that no harm impended, and resumed his stealthy
advance on the Irish terrier.
What might have happened there is no telling, for at that moment Bashti's eyes chanced to rest on the golden
puppy for the first time since the capture of the Arangi. In the rush of events Bashti had forgotten the puppy.
"What name that fella dog?" he cried out sharply, causing wilddog to crouch down again and attracting
Lenerengo's attention.
She cringed in fear to the ground before the terrible old chief and quavered a recital of the facts. Her
goodfornothing boy Lamai had picked the dog from the water. It had been the cause of much trouble in her
house. But now Lamai had gone to live with the youths, and she was carrying the dog to Agno's house at
Agno's express command.
"What name that dog stop along you?" Bashti demanded directly of Agno.
"Me kaikai along him," came the answer. "Him fat fella dog. Him good fella dog kaikai."
Into Bashti's alert old brain flashed an idea that had been long maturing.
"Him good fella dog too much," he announced. "Better you eat 'm bush fella dog," he advised, pointing at
wilddog.
Agno shook his head. "Bush fella dog no good kaikai."
"Bush fella dog no good too much," was Bashti's judgment. "Bush fella dog too much fright. Plenty fella
bush dog too much fright. White marster's dog no fright. Bush dog no fight. White marster's dog fight like
hell. Bush dog run like hell. You look 'm eye belong you, you see."
Bashti stepped over to Jerry and cut the cords that tied his legs. And Jerry, upon his feet in a surge, was for
once in too great haste to pause to give thanks. He hurled himself after wilddog, caught him in midflight,
and rolled him over and over in a cloud of dust. Ever wilddog strove to escape, and ever Jerry cornered him,
rolled him, and bit him, while Bashti applauded and called on his head men to behold.
By this time Jerry had become a raging little demon. Fired by all his wrongs, from the bloody day on the
Arangi and the loss of Skipper down to this latest tying of his legs, he was avenging himself on wilddog for
everything. The owner of wilddog, a return boy, made the mistake of trying to kick Jerry away. Jerry was
upon him in a flash scratching his calves with his teeth, in the suddenness of his onslaught getting between
the black's legs and tumbling him to the ground.
"What name!" Bashti cried in a rage at the offender, who lay fear stricken where he had fallen, trembling for
what next words might fall from his chief's lips.
But Bashti was already doubling with laughter at sight of wilddog running for his life down the street with
Jerry a hundred feet behind and tearing up the dust.
As they disappeared, Bashti expounded his idea. If men planted banana trees, it ran, what they would get
would be bananas. If they planted yams, yams would be produced, not sweet potatoes or plantains, but yams,
nothing but yams. The same with dogs. Since all black men's dogs were cowards, all the breeding of all black
men's dogs would produce cowards. White men's dogs were courageous fighters. When they were bred they
produced courageous fighters. Very well, and to the conclusion, namely, here was a white man's dog in their
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 64
Page No 67
possession. The height of foolishness would be to eat it and to destroy for all time the courage that resided in
it. The wise thing to do was to regard it as a seed dog, to keep it alive, so that in the coming generations of
Somo dogs its courage would be repeated over and over and spread until all Somo dogs would be strong and
brave.
Further, Bashti commanded his chief devil devil doctor to take charge of Jerry and guard him well. Also, he
sent his word forth to all the tribe that Jerry was taboo. No man, woman, or child was to throw spear or stone
at him, strike him with club or tomahawk, or hurt him in any way.
Thenceforth, and until Jerry himself violated one of the greatest of taboos, he had a happy time in Agno's
gloomy grass house. For Bashti, unlike most chiefs, ruled his devil devil doctors with an iron hand. Other
chiefs, even Nauhau of LangaLanga, were ruled by their devil devil doctors. For that matter, the
population of Somo believed that Bashti was so ruled. But the Somo folk did not know what went on behind
the scenes, when Bashti, a sheer infidel, talked alone now with one doctor and now with another.
In these private talks he demonstrated that he knew their game as well as they did, and that he was no slave to
the dark superstitions and gross impostures with which they kept the people in submission. Also, he exposited
the theory, as ancient as priests and rulers, that priests and rulers must work together in the orderly
governance of the people. He was content that the people should believe that the gods, and the priests who
were the mouthpieces of the gods, had the last word, but he would have the priests know that in private the
last word was his. Little as they believed in their trickery, he told them, he believed less.
He knew taboo, and the truth behind taboo. He explained his personal taboos, and how they came to be.
Never must he eat clam meat, he told Agno. It was so selected by himself because he did not like
clammeat. It was old Nino, high priest before Agno, with an ear open to the voice of the sharkgod, who
had so laid the taboo. But, he, Bashti, had privily commanded Nino to lay the taboo against clammeat upon
him, because he, Bashti, did not like clam meat and had never liked clammeat.
Still further, since he had lived longer than the oldest priest of them, his had been the appointing of every one
of them. He knew them, had made them, had placed them, and they lived by his pleasure. And they would
continue to take program from him, as they had always taken it, or else they would swiftly and suddenly pass.
He had but to remind them of the passing of Kori, the devil devil doctor who had believed himself stronger
than his chief, and who, for his mistake, had screamed in pain for a week ere what composed him had ceased
to scream and for ever ceased to scream.
In Agno's large grass house was little light and much mystery. There was no mystery there for Jerry, who
merely knew things, or did not know things, and who never bothered about what he did not know. Dried
heads and other cured and mouldy portions of human carcasses impressed him no more than the dried
alligators and dried fish that contributed to the festooning of Agno's dark abode.
Jerry found himself well cared for. No children nor wives cluttered the devil devil doctor's house. Several old
women, a flyflapping girl of eleven, and two young men who had graduated from the canoe house of the
youths and who were studying priestcraft under the master, composed the household and waited upon Jerry.
Food of the choicest was his. After Agno had eaten firstcut of pig, Jerry was served second. Even the two
acolytes and the flyflapping maid ate after him, leaving the debris for the several old women. And, unlike
the mere bush dogs, who stole shelter from the rain under overhanging eaves, Jerry was given a dry place
under the roof where the heads of bushmen and of forgotten sandalwood traders hung down from above in
the midst of a dusty confusion of dried viscera of sharks, crocodile skulls, and skeletons of Solomons rats that
measured twothirds of a yard in length from bonetip of nose to bonetip of tail.
A number of times, all freedom being his, Jerry stole away across the village to the house of Lumai. But
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 65
Page No 68
never did he find Lamai, who, since Skipper, was the only human he had met that had placed a bid to his
heart. Jerry never appeared openly, but from the thick fern of the brookside observed the house and scented
out its occupants. No scent of Lamai did he ever obtain, and, after a time, he gave up his vain visits and
accepted the devil devil doctor's house as his home and the devil devil doctor as his master.
But he bore no love for this master. Agno, who had ruled by fear so long in his house of mystery, did not
know love. Nor was affection any part of him, nor was geniality. He had no sense of humour, and was as
frostily cruel as an icicle. Next to Bashti he stood in power, and all his days had been embittered in that he
was not first in power. He had no softness for Jerry. Because he feared Bashti he feared to harm Jerry.
The months passed, and Jerry got his firm, massive second teeth and increased in weight and size. He came
as near to being spoiled as is possible for a dog. Himself taboo, he quickly learned to lord it over the Somo
folk and to have his way and will in all matters. No one dared to dispute with him with stick or stone. Agno
hated him he knew that; but also he gleaned the knowledge that Agno feared him and would not dare to
hurt him. But Agno was a chillblooded philosopher and bided his time, being different from Jerry in that he
possessed human prevision and could adjust his actions to remote ends.
From the edge of the lagoon, into the waters of which, remembering the crocodile taboo he had learned on
Meringe, he never ventured, Jerry ranged to the outlying bush villages of Bashti's domain. All made way for
him. All fed him when he desired food. For the taboo was upon him, and he might unchidden invade their
sleepingmats or food calabashes. He might bully as he pleased, and be arrogant beyond decency, and there
was no one to say him nay. Even had Bashti's word gone forth that if Jerry were attacked by the full grown
bush dogs, it was the duty of the Somo folk to take his part and kick and stone and beat the bush dogs. And
thus his own four legged cousins came painfully to know that he was taboo.
And Jerry prospered. Fat to stupidity he might well have become, had it not been for his highstrung nerves
and his insatiable, eager curiosity. With the freedom of all Somo his, he was ever afoot over it, learning its
metes and bounds and the ways of the wild creatures that inhabited its swamps and forests and that did not
acknowledge his taboo.
Many were his adventures. He fought two battles with the woodrats that were almost of his size, and that,
being mature and wild and cornered, fought him as he had never been fought before. The first he had killed,
unaware that it was an old and feeble rat. The second, in prime of vigour, had so punished him that he
crawled back, weak and sick to the devil devil doctor's house, where, for a week, under the dried emblems of
death, he licked his wounds and slowly came back to life and health.
He stole upon the dugong and joyed to stampede that silly timid creature by sudden ferocious onslaughts
which he knew himself to be all sound and fury, but which tickled him and made him laugh with the
consciousness of playing a successful joke. He chased the unmigratory tropiducks from their
shrewdhidden nests, walked circumspectly among the crocodiles hauled out of water for slumber, and crept
under the jungleroof and spied upon the snowwhite saucy cockatoos, the fierce ospreys, the heavyflighted
buzzards, the lories and kingfishers, and the absurdly garrulous little pygmy parrots.
Thrice, beyond the boundaries of Somo, he encountered the little black bushmen who were more like ghosts
than men, so noiseless and unperceivable were they, and who, guarding the wildpig runways of the jungle,
missed spearing him on the three memorable occasions. As the woodrats had taught him discretion, so did
these twolegged lurkers in the jungle twilight. He had not fought with them, although they tried to spear
him. He quickly came to know that these were other folk than Somo folk, that his taboo did not extend to
them, and that, even of a sort, they were twolegged gods who carried flying death in their hands that reached
farther than their hands and bridged distance.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 66
Page No 69
As he ran the jungle, so Jerry ran the village. No place was sacred to him. In the devil devil houses, where,
before the face of mystery men and women crawled in fear and trembling, he walked stifflegged and
bristling; for fresh heads were suspended there heads his eyes and keen nostrils identified as those of once
living blacks he had known on board the Arangi. In the biggest devil devil house he encountered the head of
Borckman, and snarled at it, without receiving response, in recollection of the fight he had fought with the
schnappsaddled mate on the deck of the Arangi.
Once, however, in Bashti's house, he chanced upon all that remained on earth of Skipper. Bashti had lived
very long, had lived most wisely and thought much, and was thoroughly aware that, having lived far beyond
the span of man his own span was very short. And he was curious about it allthe meaning and purpose of
life. He loved the world and life, into which he had been fortunately born, both as to constitution and to place,
which latter, for him, had been the high place over hie priests and people. He was not afraid to die, but he
wondered if he might live again. He discounted the silly views of the tricky priests, and he was very much
alone in the chaos of the confusing problem.
For he had lived so long, and so luckily, that he had watched the waning to extinction of all the vigorous
appetites and desires. He had known wives and children, and the keenedge of youthful hunger. He had seen
his children grow to manhood and womanhood and become fathers and grandfathers, mothers and
grandmothers. But having known woman, and love, and fatherhood, and the bellydelights of eating, he had
passed on beyond. Food? Scarcely did he know its meaning, so little did he eat. Hunger, that bit him like a
spur when he was young and lusty, had long since ceased to stir and prod him. He ate out of a sense of
necessity and duty, and cared little for what he ate, save for one thing: the eggs of the megapodes that were,
in season, laid in his private, personal, strictly tabooed megapode layingyard. Here was left to him his last
lingering flesh thrill. As for the rest, he lived in his intellect, ruling his people, seeking out data from which to
induce laws that would make his people stronger and rivet his people's clinch upon life.
But he realized clearly the difference between that abstract thing, the tribe, and that most concrete of things,
the individual. The tribe persisted. Its members passed. The tribe was a memory of the history and habits of
all previous members, which the living members carried on until they passed and became history and
memory in the intangible sum that was the tribe. He, as a member, soon or late, and late was very near, must
pass. But pass to what? There was the rub. And so it was, on occasion, that he ordered all forth from his big
grass house, and, alone with his problem, lowered from the roof beams the mattingwrapped parcels of
heads of men he had once seen live and who had passed into the mysterious nothingness of death.
Not as a miser had he collected these heads, and not as a miser counting his secret hoard did he ponder these
heads, unwrapped, held in his two hands or lying on his knees. He wanted to know. He wanted to know what
he guessed they might know, now that they had long since gone into the darkness that rounds the end of life.
Various were the heads Bashti thus interrogatedin his hands, on his knees, in his dimlighted grasshouse,
while the overhead sun blazed down and the fading southeast sighed through the palmfronds and
breadfruit branches. There was the head of a Japanesethe only one he had ever seen or heard of. Before he
was born it had been taken by his father. Illcured it was, and battered and marred with ancientness and
rough usage. Yet he studied its features, decided that it had once had two lips as live as his own and a mouth
as vocal and hungry as his had often been in the past. Two eyes and a nose it had, a thatched crown of roof,
and a pair of ears like to his own. Two legs and a body it must once have had, and desires and lusts. Heats of
wrath and of love, so he decided, had also been its once on a time when it never thought to die.
A head that amazed him much, whose history went back before his father's and grandfather's time, was the
head of a Frenchman, although Bashti knew it not. Nor did he know it was the head of La Perouse, the
doughty old navigator, who had left his bones, the bones of his crews, and the bones of his two frigates, the
Astrolabe and the Boussole, on the shores of the cannibal Solomons. Another headfor Bashti was a
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 67
Page No 70
confirmed headcollectorwent back two centuries before La Perouse to Alvaro de Mendana, the Spaniard.
It was the head of one of Mendana's armourers, lost in a beach scrimmage to one of Bashti's remote
ancestors.
Still another head, the history of which was vague, was a white woman's head. What wife of what navigator
there was no telling. But earrings of gold and emerald still clung to the withered ears, and the hair, twothirds
of a fathom long, a shimmering silk of golden floss, flowed from the scalp that covered what had once been
the wit and will of her that Bashti reasoned had in her ancient time been quick with love in the arms of man.
Ordinary heads, of bushmen and saltwater men, and even of schnapps drinking white men like Borckman,
he relegated to the canoe houses and devil devil houses. For he was a connoisseur in the matter of heads.
There was a strange head of a German that lured him much. Redbearded it was, and redhaired, but even in
dried death there was an ironness of feature and a massive brow that hinted to him of mastery of secrets
beyond his ken. No more than did he know it once had been a German, did he know it was a German
professor's head, an astronomer's head, a head that in its time had carried within its content profound
knowledge of the stars in the vasty heavens, of the way of stardirected ships upon the sea, and of the way of
the earth on its starry course through space that was a myriad million times beyond the slight concept of
space that he possessed.
Last of all, sharpest of bite in his thought, was the head of Van Horn. And it was the head of Van Horn that
lay on his knees under his contemplation when Jerry, who possessed the freedom of Somo, trotted into
Bashti's grass house, scented and identified the mortal remnant of Skipper, wailed first in woe over it, then
bristled into rage.
Bashti did not notice at first, for he was deep in interrogation of Van Horn's head. Only short months before
this head had been alive, he pondered, quick with wit, attached to a twolegged body that stood erect and that
swaggered about, a loincloth and a belted automatic around its middle, more powerful, therefrom, than
Bashti, but with less wit, for had not he, Bashti, with an ancient pistol, put darkness inside that skull where
wit resided, and removed that skull from the soddenly relaxed framework of flesh and bone on which it had
been supported to tread the earth and the deck of the Arangi?
What had become of that wit? Had that wit been all of the arrogant, upstanding Van Horn, and had it gone out
as the flickering flame of a splinter of wood goes out when it is quite burnt to a powderfluff of ash? Had all
that made Van Horn passed like the flame of the splinter? Had he passed into the darkness for ever into which
the beast passed, into which passed the speared crocodile, the hooked bonita, the netted mullet, the slain pig
that was fat to eat? Was Van Horn's darkness as the darkness of the bluebottle fly that his flyflapping maid
smashed and disrupted in midflight of the air? as the darkness into which passed the mosquito that knew
the secret of flying, and that, despite its perfectness of flight, with almost an unthought action, he squashed
with the flat of his hand against the back of his neck when it bit him?
What was true of this white man's head, so recently alive and erectly dominant, Bashti knew was true of
himself. What had happened to this white man, after going through the dark gate of death, would happen to
him. Wherefore he questioned the head, as if its dumb lips might speak to him from out of the mystery and
tell him the meaning of life, and the meaning of death that inevitably laid life by the heels.
Jerry's longdrawn howl of woe at sight and scent of all that was left of Skipper, roused Bashti from his
reverie. He looked at the sturdy, goldenbrown puppy, and immediately included it in his reverie. It was
alive. It was like man. It knew hunger, and pain, anger and love. It had blood in its veins, like man, that a
thrust of a knife could make redly gush forth and denude it to death. Like the race of man it loved its kind,
and birthed and breastnourished its young. And passed. Ay, it passed; for many a dog, as well as a human,
had he, Bashti, devoured in his heydey of appetite and youth, when he knew only motion and strength, and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 68
Page No 71
fed motion and strength out of the calabashes of feasting.
But from woe Jerry went on into anger. He stalked stifflegged, with a snarl writhen on his lips, and with
recurrent waves of hair bristling along his back and up his shoulders and neck. And he stalked not the head
of Skipper, where rested his love, but Bashti, who held the head on his knees. As the wild wolf in the upland
pasture stalks the mare mother with her newly delivered colt, so Jerry stalked Bashti. And Bashti, who had
never feared death all his long life and who had laughed a joke with his forefinger blown off by the bursting
flintlock pistol, smiled gleefully to himself, for his glee was intellectual and in admiration of this
halfgrown puppy whom he rapped on the nose with a short, hardwood stick and compelled to keep distance.
No matter how often and fiercely Jerry rushed him, he met the rush with the stick, and chuckled aloud,
understanding the puppy's courage, marvelling at the stupidity of life that impelled him continually to thrust
his nose to the hurt of the stick, and that drove him, by passion of remembrance of a dead man to dare the
pain of the stick again and again.
This, too, was life, Bashti meditated, as he deftly rapped the screaming puppy away from him. Fourlegged
life it was, young and silly and hot, heartprompted, that was like any young man making love to his woman
in the twilight, or like any young man fighting to the death with any other young man over a matter of
passion, hurt pride, or thwarted desire. As much as in the dead head of Van Horn or of any man, he realized
that in this live puppy might reside the clue to existence, the solution of the riddle.
So he continued to rap Jerry on the nose away from him, and to marvel at the persistence of the vital
something within him that impelled him to leap forward always to the stick that hurt him and made him
recoil. The valour and motion, the strength and the unreasoning of youth he knew it to be, and he admired it
sadly, and envied it, willing to exchange for it all his lean grey wisdom if only he could find the way.
"Some dog, that dog, sure some dog," he might have uttered in Van Horn's fashion of speech. Instead, in
bechedemer, which was as habitual to him as his own Somo speech, he thought:
"My word, that fella dog no fright along me."
But age wearied sooner of the play, and Bashti put an end to it by rapping Jerry heavily behind the ear and
stretching him out stunned. The spectacle of the puppy, so alive and raging the moment before, and, the
moment after, lying as if dead, caught Bashti's speculative fancy. The stick, with a single sharp rap of it, had
effected the change. Where had gone the anger and wit of the puppy? Was that all it was, the flame of the
splinter that could be quenched by any chance gust of air? One instant Jerry had raged and suffered, snarled
and leaped, willed and directed his actions. The next instant he lay limp and crumpled in the little death of
unconsciousness. In a brief space, Bashti knew, consciousness, sensation, motion, and direction would flow
back into the wilted little carcass. But where, in the meanwhile, at the impact of the stick, had gone all the
consciousness, and sensitiveness, and will?
Bashti sighed wearily, and wearily wrapped the heads in their grass mat coveringsall but Van Horn's; and
hoisted them up in the air to hang from the roofbeamsto hang as he debated, long after he was dead and
out if it, even as some of them had so hung from long before his father's and his grandfather's time. The head
of Van Horn he left lying on the floor, while he stole out himself to peer in through a crack and see what next
the puppy might do.
Jerry quivered at first, and in the matter of a minute struggled feebly to his feet where he stood swaying and
dizzy; and thus Bashti, his eye to the crack, saw the miracle of life flow back through the channels of the inert
body and stiffen the legs to upstanding, and saw consciousness, the mystery of mysteries, flood back inside
the head of bone that was covered with hair, smoulder and glow in the opening eyes, and direct the lips to
writhe away from the teeth and the throat to vibrate to the snarl that had been interrupted when the stick
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 69
Page No 72
smashed him down into darkness.
And more Bashti saw. At first, Jerry looked about for his enemy, growling and bristling his neck hair. Next,
in lieu of his enemy, he saw Skipper's head, and crept to it and loved it, kissing with his tongue the hard
cheeks, the closed lids of the eyes that his love could not open, the immobile lips that would not utter one of
the lovewords they had been used to utter to the little dog.
Next, in profound desolation, Jerry set down before Skipper's head, pointed his nose toward the lofty
ridgepole, and howled mournfully and long. Finally, sick and subdued, he crept out of the house and away
to the house of his devil devil master, where, for the round of twentyfour hours, he waked and slept and
dreamed centuries of nightmares.
For ever after in Somo, Jerry feared that grass house of Bashti. He was not in fear of Bashti. His fear was
indescribable and unthinkable. In that house was the nothingness of what once was Skipper. It was the token
of the ultimate catastrophe to life that was wrapped and twisted into every fibre of his heredity. One step
advanced beyond this, Jerry's uttermost, the folk of Somo, from the contemplation of death, had achieved
concepts of the spirits of the dead still living in immaterial and supersensuous realms.
And thereafter Jerry hated Bashti intensely, as a lord of life who possessed and laid on his knees the
nothingness of Skipper. Not that Jerry reasoned it out. All dim and vague it was, a sensation, an emotion, a
feeling, an instinct, an intuition, name it mistily as one will in the misty nomenclature of speech wherein
words cheat with the impression of definiteness and lie to the brain an understanding which the brain does not
possess.
CHAPTER XVI
Three months more passed; the northwest monsoon, after its half year of breath, had given way to the
southeast trade; and Jerry still continued to live in the house of Agno and to have the run of the village. He
had put on weight, increased in size, and, protected by the taboo, had become selfconfident almost to
lordliness. But he had found no master. Agno had never won a heartthrob from him. For that matter, Agno
had never tried to win him. Nor, in his coldblooded way, had he ever betrayed his hatred of Jerry.
Not even the several old women, the two acolytes, and the fly flapping maid in Agno's house dreamed that
the devil devil doctor hated Jerry. Nor did Jerry dream it. To him Agno was a neutral sort of person, a person
who did not count. Those of the household Jerry recognized as slaves or servants to Agno, and he knew when
they fed him that the food he ate proceeded from Agno and was Agno's food. Save himself, taboo protected,
all of them feared Agno, and his house was truly a house of fear in which could bloom no love for a stray
puppy dog. The elevenyears' maid might have placed a bid for Jerry's affection, had she not been deterred at
the start by Agno, who reprimanded her sternly for presuming to touch or fondle a dog of such high taboo.
What delayed Agno's plot against Jerry for the halfyear of the monsoon was the fact that the season of
egglaying for the megapodes in Bashti's private layingyard did not begin until the period of the southeast
trades. And Agno, having early conceived his plot, with the patience that was characteristic of him was
content to wait the time.
Now the megapode of the Solomons is a distant cousin to the brush turkey of Australia. No larger than a large
pigeon, it lays an egg the size of a domestic duck's. The megapode, with no sense of fear, is so silly that it
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 70
Page No 73
would have been annihilated hundreds of centuries before had it not been preserved by the taboos of the
chiefs and priests. As it was, the chiefs were compelled to keep cleared patches of sand for it, and to fence out
the dogs. It buried its eggs two feet deep, depending on the heat of the sun for the hatching. And it would dig
and lay, and continue to dig and lay, while a black dug out its eggs within two or three feet of it.
The layingyard was Bashti's. During the season, he lived almost entirely on megapode eggs. On rare
occasion he even had megapodes that were near to finishing their laying killed for his kaikai. This was no
more than a whim, however, prompted by pride in such exclusiveness of diet only possible to one in such
high place. In truth, he cared no more for megapode meat than for any other meat. All meat tasted alike to
him, for his taste for meat was one of the vanished pleasures in the limbo of memory.
But the eggs! He liked to eat them. They were the only article of food he liked to eat, They gave him
reminiscent thrills of the ancient fooddesires of his youth. Actually was he hungry when he had megapode
eggs, and the wellnigh dried founts of saliva and of internal digestive juices were stimulated to flow again at
contemplation of a megapode egg prepared for the eating. Wherefore, he alone of all Somo, barred rigidly by
taboo, ate megapode eggs. And, since the taboo was essentially religious, to Agno was deputed the
ecclesiastical task of guarding and cherishing and caring for the royal layingyard.
But Agno was no longer young. The acid bite of belly desire had long since deserted him, and he, too, ate
from a sense of duty, all meat tasting alike to him. Megapode eggs only stung his taste alive and stimulated
the flow of his juices. Thus it was that he broke the taboos he imposed, and, privily, before the eyes of no
man, woman, or child ate the eggs he stole from Bashti's private preserve.
So it was, as the laying season began, and when both Bashti and Agno were acutely eggyearning after six
months of abstinence, that Agno led Jerry along the taboo path through the mangroves, where they stepped
from root to root above the muck that ever steamed and stank in the stagnant air where the wind never
penetrated.
The path, which was not an ordinary path and which consisted, for a man, in wide strides from root to root,
and for a dog in fourlegged leaps and plunges, was new to Jerry. In all his ranging of Somo, because it was
so unusual a path, he had never discovered it. The unbending of Agno, thus to lead him, was a surprise and a
delight to Jerry, who, without reasoning about it, in a vague way felt the preliminary sensations that possibly
Agno, in a small way, might prove the master which his dog's soul continually sought.
Emerging from the swamp of mangroves, abruptly they came upon a patch of sand, still so salt and
inhospitable from the sea's deposit that no great trees rooted and interposed their branches between it and the
sun's heat. A primitive gate gave entrance, but Agno did not take Jerry through it. Instead, with weird little
chirrupings of encouragement and excitation, he persuaded Jerry to dig a tunnel beneath the rude palisade of
fence. He helped with his own hands, dragging out the sand in quantities, but imposing on Jerry the leaving
of the indubitable marks of a dog's paws and claws.
And, when Jerry was inside, Agno, passing through the gate, enticed and seduced him into digging out the
eggs. But Jerry had no taste of the eggs. Eight of them Agno sucked raw, and two of them he tucked whole
into his armpits to take back to his house of the devil devils. The shells of the eight he sucked he broke to
fragments as a dog might break them, and, to build the picture he had long visioned, of the eighth egg he
reserved a tiny portion which he spread, not on Jerry's jowls where his tongue could have erased it, but high
up about his eyes and above them, where it would remain and stand witness against him according to the plot
he had planned.
Even worse, in high priestly sacrilege, he encouraged Jerry to attack a megapode hen in the act of laying.
And, while Jerry slew it, knowing that the lust of killing, once started, would lead him to continue killing the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 71
Page No 74
silly birds, Agno left the layingyard to hotfoot it through the mangrove swamp and present to Bashti an
ecclesiastical quandary. The taboo of the dog, as he expounded it, had prevented him from interfering with
the taboo dog when it ate the taboo egglayers. Which taboo might be the greater was beyond him. And
Bashti, who had not tasted a megapode egg in half a year, and who was keen for the one recrudescent thrill of
remote youth still left to him, led the way back across the mangrove swamp at so prodigious a pace as quite
to wind his high priest who was many years younger than he.
And he arrived at the layingyard and caught Jerry, redpawed and redmouthed, in the midst of his fourth
kill of an egglayer, the raw yellow yolk of the portion of one egg, plastered by Agno to represent many
eggs, still about his eyes and above his eyes to the bulge of his forehead. In vain Bashti looked about for one
egg, the six months' hunger stronger than ever upon him in the thick of the disaster. And Jerry, under the
consent and encouragement of Agno, wagged his tail to Bashti in a bid for recognition, of prowess, and
laughed with his reddripping jowls and yellow plastered eyes.
Bashti did not rage as he would have done had he been alone. Before the eyes of his chief priest he disdained
to lower himself to such commonness of humanity. Thus it is always with those in the high places, ever
temporising with their natural desires, ever masking their ordinariness under a show of disinterest. So it was
that Bashti displayed no vexation at the disappointment to his appetite. Agno was a shade less controlled, for
he could not quite chase away the eager light in his eyes. Bashti glimpsed it and mistook it for simple
curiosity of observation not guessing its real nature. Which goes to show two things of those in the high
place: one, that they may fool those beneath them; the other, that they may be fooled by those beneath them.
Bashti regarded Jerry quizzically, as if the matter were a joke, and shot a careless side glance to note the
disappointment in his priest's eyes. Ah, ha, thought Bashti; I have fooled him.
"Which is the high taboo?" Agno queried in the Somo tongue.
"As you should ask. Of a surety, the megapode."
"And the dog?" was Agno's next query.
"Must pay for breaking the taboo. It is a high taboo. It is my taboo. It was so placed by Somo, the ancient
father and first ruler of all of us, and it has been ever since the taboo of the chiefs. The dog must die."
He paused and considered the matter, while Jerry returned to digging the sand where the scent was
auspicious. Agno made to stop him, but Bashti interposed.
"Let be," he said. "Let the dog convict himself before my eyes."
And Jerry did, uncovering two eggs, breaking them and lapping that portion of their precious contents which
was not spilled and wasted in the sand. Bashti's eyes were quite lacklustre as he asked
"The feast of dogs for the men is today?"
"Tomorrow, at midday," Agno answered. "Already are the dogs coming in. There will be at least fifty of
them."
"Fifty and one," was Bashti's verdict, as he nodded at Jerry.
The priest made a quick movement of impulse to capture Jerry.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 72
Page No 75
"Why now?" the chief demanded. "You will but have to carry him through the swamp. Let him trot back on
his own legs, and when he is before the canoe house tie his legs there."
Across the swamp and approaching the canoe house, Jerry, trotting happily at the heels of the two men, heard
the wailing and sorrowing of many dogs that spelt unmistakable woe and pain. He developed instant
suspicion that was, however, without direct apprehension for himself. And at that moment, his ears cocked
forward and his nose questing for further information in the matter, Bashti seized him by the nape of the neck
and held him in the air while Agno proceeded to tie his legs.
No whimper, nor sound, nor sign of fear, came from Jerryonly choking growls of ferociousness,
intermingled with snarls of anger, and a belligerent upclawing of hindlegs. But a dog, clutched by the neck
from the back, can never be a match for two men, gifted with the intelligence and deftness of men, each of
them twohanded with four fingers and an opposable thumb to each hand.
His forelegs and hindlegs tied lengthwise and crosswise, he was carried headdownward the short distance
to the place of slaughter and cooking, and flung to the earth in the midst of the score or more of dogs
similarly tied and helpless. Although it was mid afternoon, a number of them had so lain since early
morning in the hot sun. They were all bush dogs or wilddogs, and so small was their courage that their thirst
and physical pain from cords drawn too tight across veins and arteries, and their dim apprehension of the fate
such treatment foreboded, led them to whimper and wail and howl their despair and suffering.
The next thirty hours were bad hours for Jerry. The word had gone forth immediately that the taboo on him
had been removed, and of the men and boys none was so low as to do him reverence. About him, till
nightfall, persisted a circle of teasers and tormenters. They harangued him for his fall, sneered and jeered at
him, rooted him about contemptuously with their feet, made a hollow in the sand out of which he could not
roll and desposited him in it on his back, his four tied legs sticking ignominiously in the air above him.
And all he could do was growl and rage his helplessness. For, unlike the other dogs, he would not howl or
whimper his pain. A year old now, the last six months had gone far toward maturing him, and it was the
nature of his breed to be fearless and stoical. And, much as he had been taught by his white masters to hate
and despise niggers, he learned in the course of these thirty hours an especially bitter and undying hatred.
His torturers stopped at nothing. Even they brought wilddog and set him upon Jerry. But it was contrary to
wilddog's nature to attack an enemy that could not move, even if the enemy was Jerry who had so often
bullied him and rolled him on the deck. Had Jerry, with a broken leg or so, still retained power of movement,
then he would have mauled him, perhaps to death. But this utter helplessness was different. So the expected
show proved a failure. When Jerry snarled and growled, wilddog snarled and growled back and strutted and
bullied around him, him to persuasion of the blacks could induce but no sink his teeth into Jerry.
The killingground before the canoe house was a bedlam of horror. From time to time more bound dogs were
brought in and flung down. There was a continuous howling, especially contributed to by those which had
lain in the sun since early morning and had no water. At times, all joined in, the control of the quietest
breaking down before the wave of excitement and fear that swept spasmodically over all of them. This
howling, rising and falling, but never ceasing, continued throughout the night, and by morning all were
suffering from the intolerable thirst.
The sun blazing down upon them in the white sand and almost parboiling them, brought anything but relief.
The circle of torturers formed about Jerry again, and again was wreaked upon him all abusive contempt for
having lost his taboo. What drove Jerry the maddest were not the blows and physical torment, but the
laughter. No dog enjoys being laughed at, and Jerry, least of all, could restrain his wrath when they jeered
him and cackled close in his face.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 73
Page No 76
Although he had not howled once, his snarling and growling, combined with his thirst, had hoarsened his
throat and dried the mucous membranes of his mouth so that he was incapable, except under the sheerest
provocation, of further sound. His tongue hung out of his mouth, and the eight o'clock sun began slowly to
burn it.
It was at this time that one of the boys cruelly outraged him. He rolled Jerry out of the hollow in which he
had lain all night on his back, turned him over on his side, and presented to him a small calabash filled with
water. Jerry lapped it so fanatically that not for half a minute did he become aware that the boy had squeezed
into it many hot seeds of ripe red peppers. The circle shrieked with glee, and what Jerry's thirst had been
before was as nothing compared with this new thirst to which had been added the stinging agony of pepper.
Next in event, and a most important event it was to prove, came Nalasu. Nalasu was an old man of
threescore years, and he was blind, walking with a large staff with which he prodded his path. In his free
hand he carried a small pig by its tied legs.
"They say the white master's dog is to be eaten," he said in the Somo speech. "Where is the white master's
dog? Show him to me."
Agno, who had just arrived, stood beside him as he bent over Jerry and examined him with his fingers. Nor
did Jerry offer to snarl or bite, although the blind man's hands came within reach of his teeth more than once.
For Jerry sensed no enmity in the fingers that passed so softly over him. Next, Nalasu felt over the pig, and
several times, as if calculating, alternated between Jerry and the pig.
Nalasu stood up and voiced judgment:
"The pig is as small as the dog. They are of a size, but the pig has more meat on it for the eating. Take the pig
and I shall take the dog."
"Nay," said Agno. "The white master's dog has broken the taboo. It must be eaten. Take any other dog and
leave the pig. Take a big dog."
"I will have the white master's dog," Nalasu persisted. "Only the white master's dog and no other."
The matter was at a deadlock when Bashti chanced upon the scene and stood listening.
"Take the dog, Nalasu," he said finally. "It is a good pig, and I shall myself eat it."
"But he has broken the taboo, your great taboo of the layingyard, and must go to the eating," Agno
interposed quickly.
Too quickly, Bashti thought, while a vague suspicion arose in his mind of he knew not what.
"The taboo must be paid in blood and cooking," Agno continued.
"Very well," said Bashti. "I shall eat the small pig. Let its throat be cut and its body know the fire."
"I but speak the law of the taboo. Life must pay for the breaking."
"There is another law," Bashti grinned. "Long has it been since ever Somo built these walls that life may buy
life."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 74
Page No 77
"But of life of man and life of woman," Agno qualified.
"I know the law," Bashti held steadily on. "Somo made the law. Never has it been said that animal life may
not buy animal life."
"It has never been practised," was the devil devil doctor's fling.
"And for reason enough," the old chief retorted. "Never before has a man been fool enough to give a pig for a
dog. It is a young pig, and it is fat and tender. Take the dog, Nalasu. Take the dog now."
But the devil devil doctor was not satisfied.
"As you said, O Bashti, in your very great wisdom, he is the seed dog of strength and courage. Let him be
slain. When he comes from the fire, his body shall be divided into many small pieces so that every man may
eat of him and thereby get his portion of strength and courage. Better is it for Somo that its men be strong and
brave rather than its dogs."
But Bashti held no anger against Jerry. He had lived too long and too philosophically to lay blame on a dog
for breaking a taboo which it did not know. Of course, dogs often were slain for breaking the taboos. But he
allowed this to be done because the dogs themselves in nowise interested him, and because their deaths
emphasized the sacredness of the taboo. Further, Jerry had more than slightly interested him. Often, since,
Jerry had attacked him because of Van Horn's head, he had pondered the incident. Baffling as it was, as all
manifestations of life were baffling, it had given him food for thought. Then there was his admiration for
Jerry's courage and that inexplicable something in him that prevented him crying out from the pain of the
stick. And, without thinking of it as beauty, the beauty of line and colour of Jerry had insensibly penetrated
him with a sense of pleasantness. It was good to look upon.
There was another angle to Bashti's conduct. He wondered why his devil devil doctor so earnestly desired a
mere dog's death. There were many dogs. Then why this particular dog? That the weight of something was on
the other's mind was patent, although what it was Bashti could not gauge, guessunless it might be revenge
incubated the day he had prevented Agno from eating the dog. If such were the case, it was a state of mind he
could not tolerate in any of his tribespeople. But whatever was the motive, guarding as he always did against
the unknown, he thought it well to discipline his priest and demonstrate once again whose word was the last
word in Somo. Wherefore Bashti replied:
"I have lived long and eaten many pigs. What man may dare say that the many pigs have entered into me and
made me a pig?"
He paused and cast a challenging eye around the circle of his audience; but no man spoke. Instead, some men
grinned sheepishly and were restless on their feet, while Agno's expression advertised sturdy unbelief that
there was anything piglike about his chief.
"I have eaten much fish," Bashti continued. "Never has one scale of a fish grown out on my skin. Never has a
gill appeared on my throat. As you all know, by the looking, never have I sprouted one fin out of my
backbone.Nalasu, take the dog.Aga, carry the pig to my house. I shall eat it today.Agno, let the
killing of the dogs begin so that the canoemen shall eat at due time."
Then, as he turned to go, he lapsed into bechedemer English and flung sternly over his shoulder, "My
word, you make 'm me cross along you."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 75
Page No 78
CHAPTER XVII
As blind Nalasu slowly plodded away, with one hand tapping the path before him and with the other carrying
Jerry headdownward suspended by his tied legs, Jerry heard a sudden increase in the wild howling of the
dogs as the killing began and they realized that death was upon them.
But, unlike the boy Lamai, who had known no better, the old man did not carry Jerry all the way to his house.
At the first stream pouring down between the low hills of the rising land, he paused and put Jerry down to
drink. And Jerry knew only the delight of the wet coolness on his tongue, all about his mouth, and down his
throat. Nevertheless, in his subconsciousness was being planted the impression that, kinder than Lamai, than
Agno, than Bashti, this was the kindest black he had encountered in Somo.
When he had drunk till for the moment he could drink no more, he thanked Nalasu with his tonguenot
warmly nor ecstatically as had it been Skipper's hand, but with due gratefulness for the life giving draught.
The old man chuckled in a pleased way, rolled Jerry's parched body into the water, and, keeping his head
above the surface, rubbed the water into his dry skin and let him lie there for long blissful minutes.
From the stream to Nalasu's house, a goodly distance, Nalasu still carried him with bound legs, although not
headdownward but clasped in one arm against his chest. His idea was to love the dog to him. For Nalasu,
having sat in the lonely dark for many years, had thought far more about the world around him and knew it
far better than had he been able to see it. For his own special purpose he had need of a dog. Several bush dogs
he had tried, but they had shown little appreciation of his kindness and had invariably run away. The last had
remained longest because he had treated it with the greatest kindness, but run away it had before he had
trained it to his purpose. But the white master's dog, he had heard, was different. It never ran away in fear,
while it was said to be more intelligent than the dogs of Somo.
The invention Lamai had made of tying Jerry with a stick had been noised abroad in the village, and by a
stick, in Nalasu's house, Jerry found himself again tied. But with a difference. Never once was the blind man
impatient, while he spent hours each day in squatting on his hams and petting Jerry. Yet, had he not done this,
Jerry, who ate his food and who was growing accustomed to changing his masters, would have accepted
Nalasu for master. Further, it was fairly definite in Jerry's mind, after the devil devil doctor's tying him and
flinging him amongst the other helpless dogs on the killingground, that all mastership of Agno had ceased.
And Jerry, who had never been without a master since his first days in the world, felt the imperative need of a
master.
So it was, when the day came that the stick was untied from him, that Jerry remained, voluntarily in Nalasu's
house. When the old man was satisfied there would be no running away, he began Jerry's training. By slow
degrees he advanced the training until hours a day were devoted to it.
First of all Jerry learned a new name for himself, which was Bao, and he was taught to respond to it from an
everincreasing distance no matter how softly it was uttered, and Nalasu continued to utter it more softly
until it no longer was a spoken word, but a whisper. Jerry's ears were keen, but Nalasu's, from long use, were
almost as keen.
Further, Jerry's own hearing was trained to still greater acuteness. Hours at a time, sitting by Nalasu or
standing apart from him, he was taught to catch the slightest sounds or rustlings from the bush. Still further,
he was taught to differentiate between the bush noises and between the ways he growled warnings to Nalasu.
If a rustle took place that Jerry identified as a pig or a chicken, he did not growl at all. If he did not identify
the noise, he growled fairly softly. But if the noise were made by a man or boy who moved softly and
therefore suspiciously, Jerry learned to growl loudly; if the noise were loud and careless, then Jerry's growl
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 76
Page No 79
was soft.
It never entered Jerry's mind to question why he was taught all this. He merely did it because it was this latest
master's desire that he should. All this, and much more, at a cost of interminable time and patience, Nalasu
taught him, and much more he taught him, increasing his vocabulary so that, at a distance, they could hold
quick and sharply definite conversations.
Thus, at fifty feet away, Jerry would "Whuff!" softly the information that there was a noise he did not know;
and Nalasu, with different sibilances, would hiss to him to stand still, to whuff more softly, or to keep silent,
or to come to him noiselessly, or to go into the bush and investigate the source of the strange noise, or,
barking loudly, to rush and attack it.
Perhaps, if from the opposite direction Nalasu's sharp ears alone caught a strange sound, he would ask Jerry if
he had heard it. And Jerry, alert to his toes to listen, by an alteration in the quantity or quality of his whuff,
would tell Nalasu that he did not hear; next, that he did hear; and, perhaps finally, that it was a strange dog, or
a woodrat, or a man, or a boyall in the softest of sounds that were scarcely more than breathexhalations,
all monosyllables, a veritable shorthand of speech.
Nalasu was a strange old man. He lived by himself in a small grass house on the edge of the village. The
nearest house was quite a distance away, while his own stood in a clearing in the thick jungle which
approached no where nearer than sixty feet. Also, this cleared space he kept continually free from the
fastgrowing vegetation. Apparently he had no friends. At least no visitors ever came to his dwelling. Years
had passed since he discouraged the last. Further, he had no kindred. His wife was long since dead, and his
three sons, not yet married, in a foray behind the bounds of Somo had lost their heads in the jungle runways
of the higher hills and been devoured by their bushman slayers.
For a blind man he was very busy. He asked favour of no one and was selfsupporting. In his houseclearing
he grew yams, sweet potatoes, and taro. In another clearingbecause it was his policy to have no trees close
to his househe had plantains, bananas, and half a dozen coconut palms. Fruits and vegetables he exchanged
down in the village for meat and fish and tobacco.
He spent a good portion of his time on Jerry's education, and, on occasion, would make bows and arrows that
were so esteemed by his tribespeople as to command a steady sale. Scarcely a day passed in which he did not
himself practise with bow and arrow. He shot only by direction of sound; and whenever a noise or rustle was
heard in the jungle, and when Jerry had informed him of its nature, he would shoot an arrow at it. Then it was
Jerry's duty cautiously to retrieve the arrow had it missed the mark.
A curious thing about Nalasu was that he slept no more than three hours in the twentyfour, that he never
slept at night, and that his brief daylight sleep never took place in the house. Hidden in the thickest part of the
neighbouring jungle was a sort of nest to which led no path. He never entered nor left by the same way, so
that the tropic growth on the rich soil, being so rarely trod upon, ever obliterated the slightest sign of his
having passed that way. Whenever he slept, Jerry was trained to remain on guard and never to go to sleep.
Reason enough there was and to spare for Nalasu's infinite precaution. The oldest of his three sons had slain
one, Ao, in a quarrel. Ao had been one of six brothers of the family of Anno which dwelt in one of the upper
villages. According to Somo law, the Anno family was privileged to collect the blooddebt from the Nalasu
family, but had been balked of it by the deaths of Nalasu's three sons in the bush. And, since the Somo code
was a life for a life, and since Nalasu alone remained alive of his family, it was well known throughout the
tribe that the Annos would never be content until they had taken the blind man's life.
But Nalasu had been famous as a great fighter, as well as having been the progenitor of three such warlike
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 77
Page No 80
sons. Twice had the Annos sought to collect, the first time while Nalasu still retained his eyesight. Nalasu had
discovered their trap, circled about it, and in the rear encountered and slain Anno himself, the father, thus
doubling the blooddebt.
Then had come his accident. While refilling manytimes used Snider cartridges, an explosion of black
powder put out both his eyes. Immediately thereafter, while he sat nursing his wounds, the Annos had
descended upon himjust what he had expected. And for which he had made due preparation. That night
two uncles and another brother stepped on poisoned thorns and died horribly. Thus the sum of lives owing
the Annos had increased to five, with only a blind man from whom to collect.
Thenceforth the Annos had feared the thorns too greatly to dare again, although ever their vindictiveness
smouldered and they lived in hope of the day when Nalasu's head should adorn their ridgepole. In the
meantime the state of affairs was not that of a truce but of a stalemate. The old man could not proceed against
them, and they were afraid to proceed against him. Nor did the day come until after Jerry's adoption, when
one of the Annos made an invention the like of which had never been known in all Malaita.
CHAPTER XVIII
Meanwhile the months slipped by, the southeast trade blew itself out, the monsoon had begun to breathe,
and Jerry added to himself six months of time, weight, stature, and thickness of bone. An easy time his
halfyear with the blind man had been, despite the fact that Nalasu was a rigid disciplinarian who insisted on
training Jerry for longer hours, day in and day out, than falls to the lot of most dogs. Never did Jerry receive
from him a blow, never a harsh word. This man, who had slain four of the Annos, three of them after he had
gone blind, who had slain still more men in his savage youth, never raised his voice in anger to Jerry and
ruled him by nothing severer than the gentlest of chidings.
Mentally, the persistent education Jerry received, in this period of late puppyhood, fixed in him increased
brain power for all his life. Possibly no dog in all the world had ever been so vocal as he, and for three
reasons: his own intelligence, the genius for teaching that was Nalasu's, and the long hours devoted to the
teaching.
His shorthand vocabulary, for a dog, was prodigious. Almost might it be said that he and the man could talk
by the hour, although few and simple were the abstractions they could talk; very little of the immediate
concrete past, and scarcely anything of the immediate concrete future, entered into their conversations. Jerry
could no more tell him of Meringe, nor of the Arangi, than could he tell him of the great love he had borne
Skipper, or of his reason for hating Bashti. By the same token, Nalasu could not tell Jerry of the bloodfeud
with the Annos, nor of how he had lost his eyesight.
Practically all their conversation was confined to the instant present, although they could compass a little of
the very immediate past. Nalasu would give Jerry a series of instructions, such as, going on a scout by
himself, to go to the nest, then circle about it widely, to continue to the other clearing where were the fruit
trees, to cross the jungle to the main path, to proceed down the main path toward the village till he came to
the great banyan tree, and then to return along the small path to Nalasu and Nalasu's house. All of which Jerry
would carry out to the letter, and, arrived back, would make report. As, thus: at the nest nothing unusual save
that a buzzard was near it; in the other clearing three coconuts had fallen to the groundfor Jerry could
count unerringly up to five; between the other clearing and the main path were four pigs; along the main path
he had passed a dog, more than five women, and two children; and on the small path home he had noted a
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 78
Page No 81
cockatoo and two boys.
But he could not tell Nalasu his states of mind and heart that prevented him from being fully contented in his
present situation. For Nalasu was not a whitegod, but only a mere nigger god. And Jerry hated and despised
all niggers save for the two exceptions of Lamai and Nalasu. He tolerated them, and, for Nalasu, had even
developed a placid and sweet affection. Love him he did not and could not.
At the best, they were only secondrate gods, and he could not forget the great whitegods such as Skipper
and Mister Haggin, and, of the same breed, Derby and Bob. They were something else, something other,
something better than all this black savagery in which he lived. They were above and beyond, in an
unattainable paradise which he vividly remembered, for which he yearned, but to which he did not know the
way, and which, dimly sensing the ending that comes to all things, might have passed into the ultimate
nothingness which had already overtaken Skipper and the Arangi.
In vain did the old man play to gain Jerry's heart of love. He could not bid against Jerry's many reservations
and memories, although he did win absolute faithfulness and loyalty. Not passionately, as he would have
fought to the death for Skipper, but devotedly would he have fought to the death for Nalasu. And the old man
never dreamed but what he had won all of Jerry's heart.
Came the day of the Annos, when one of them made the invention, which was thickplaited sandals to
armour the soles of their feet against the poisoned thorns with which Nalasu had taken three of their lives.
The day, in truth, was the night, a black night, a night so black under a cloudpalled sky that a treetrunk
could not be seen an eighth of an inch beyond one's nose. And the Annos descended on Nalasu's clearing, a
dozen of them, armed with Sniders, horse pistols, tomahawks and war clubs, walking gingerly, despite their
thick sandals, because of fear of the thorns which Nalasu no longer planted.
Jerry, sitting between Nalasu's knees and nodding sleepily, gave the first warning to Nalasu, who sat outside
his door, wideeyed, ear strung, as he had sat through all the nights of the many years. He listened still more
tensely through long minutes in which he heard nothing, at the same time whispering to Jerry for information
and commanding him to be softspoken; and Jerry, with whuffs and whiffs and all the shorthand
breathexhalations of speech he had been taught, told him that men approached, many men, more men than
five.
Nalasu reached the bow beside him, strung an arrow, and waited. At last his own ears caught the slightest of
rustlings, now here, now there, advancing upon him in the circle of the compass. Still speaking for softness,
he demanded verification from Jerry, whose neck hair rose bristling under Nalasu's sensitive fingers, and
who, by this time, was reading the night air with his nose as well as his ears. And Jerry, as softly as Nalasu,
informed him again that it was men, many men, more men than five.
With the patience of age Nalasu sat on without movement, until, close at hand, on the very edge of the jungle,
sixty feet away, he located a particular noise of a particular man. He stretched his bow, loosed the arrow, and
was rewarded by a gasp and a groan strangely commingled. First he restrained Jerry from retrieving the
arrow, which he knew had gone home; and next he fitted a fresh arrow to the bow string.
Fifteen minutes of silence passed, the blind man as if carven of stone, the dog, trembling with eagerness
under the articulate touch of his fingers, obeying the bidding to make no sound. For Jerry, as well as Nalasu,
knew that death rustled and lurked in the encircling dark. Again came a softness of movement, nearer than
before; but the sped arrow missed. They heard its impact against a tree trunk beyond and a confusion of small
sounds caused by the target's hasty retreat. Next, after a time of silence, Nalasu told Jerry silently to retrieve
the arrow. He had been well trained and long trained, for with no sound even to Nalasu's ears keener than
seeing men's ears, he followed the direction of the arrow's impact against the tree and brought the arrow back
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 79
Page No 82
in his mouth.
Again Nalasu waited, until the rustlings of a fresh drawingin of the circle could be heard, whereupon
Nalasu, Jerry accompanying him, picked up all his arrows and moved soundlessly halfway around the
circle. Even as they moved, a Snider exploded that was aimed in the general direction of the spot just vacated.
And the blind man and the dog, from midnight to dawn, successfully fought off twelve men equipped with
the thunder of gunpowder and the widespreading, deeppenetrating, mushroom bullets of soft lead. And the
blind man defended himself only with a bow and a hundred arrows. He discharged many hundreds of arrows
which Jerry retrieved for him and which he discharged over and over. But Jerry aided valiantly and well,
adding to Nalasu's acute hearing his own acuter hearing, circling noiselessly about the house and reporting
where the attack pressed closest.
Much of their precious powder the Annos wasted, for the affair was like a game of invisible ghosts. Never
was anything seen save the flashes of the rifles. Never did they see Jerry, although they became quickly
aware of his movements close to them as he searched out the arrows. Once, as one of them felt for an arrow
which had narrowly missed him, he encountered Jerry's back with his hand and acknowledged the sharp slash
of Jerry's teeth with a wild yell of terror. They tried firing at the twang of Nalasu's bowstring, but every time
Nalasu fired he instantly changed position. Several times, warned of Jerry's nearness, they fired at him, and,
once even, was his nose slightly powder burned.
When day broke, in the quick tropic grey that marks the leap from dark to sun, the Annos retreated, while
Nalasu, withdrawn from the light into his house, still possessed eighty arrows, thanks to Jerry. The net result
to Nalasu was one dead man and no telling how many arrowpricked wounded men who dragged themselves
away.
And half the day Nalasu crouched over Jerry, fondling and caressing him for what he had done. Then he went
abroad, Jerry with him, and told of the battle. Bashti paid him a visit ere the day was done, and talked with
him earnestly.
"As an old man to an old man, I talk," was Bashti's beginning. "I am older than you, O Nalasu; I have ever
been unafraid. Yet never have I been braver than you. I would that every man of the tribe were as brave as
you. Yet do you give me great sorrow. Of what worth are your courage and cunning, when you have no seed
to make your courage and cunning live again?"
"I am an old man," Nalasu began.
"Not so old as I am," Bashti interrupted. "Not too old to marry so that your seed will add strength to the
tribe."
"I was married, and long married, and I fathered three brave sons. But they are dead. I shall not live so long
as you. I think of my young days as pleasant dreams remembered after sleep. More I think of death, and the
end. Of marriage I think not at all. I am too old to marry. I am old enough to make ready to die, and a great
curiousness have I about what will happen to me when I am dead. Will I be for ever dead? Will I live again in
a land of dreamsa shadow of a dream myself that will still remember the days when I lived in the warm
world, the quick juices of hunger in my mouth, in the chest of the body of me the love of woman?"
Bashti shrugged his shoulders.
"I too, have thought much on the matter," he said. "Yet do I arrive nowhere. I do not know. You do not know.
We will not know until we are dead, if it happens that we know anything when what we are we no longer are.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 80
Page No 83
But this we know, you and I: the tribe lives. The tribe never dies. Wherefore, if there be meaning at all to our
living, we must make the tribe strong. Your work in the tribe is not done. You must marry so that your
cunning and your courage live after you. I have a wife for younay, two wives, for your days are short and I
shall surely live to see you hang with my fathers from the canoehouse ridgepole."
"I will not pay for a wife," Nalasu protested. "I will not pay for any wife. I would not pay a stick of tobacco
or a cracked coconut for the best woman in Somo."
"Worry not," Bashti went on placidly. "I shall pay you for the price of the wife, of the two wives. There is
Bubu. For half a case of tobacco shall I buy her for you. She is broad and square, roundlegged,
broadhipped, with generous breasts of richness. There is Nena. Her father sets a stiff price upon hera
whole case of tobacco. I will buy her for you as well. Your time is short. We must hurry."
"I will not marry," the old blind man proclaimed hysterically.
"You will. I have spoken."
"No, I say, and say again, no, no, no, no. Wives are nuisances. They are young things, and their heads are
filled with foolishness. Their tongues are loose with idleness of speech. I am old, I am quiet in my ways, the
fires of life have departed from me, I prefer to sit alone in the dark and think. Chattering young things about
me, with nothing but foam and spume in their heads, on their tongues, would drive me mad. Of a surety they
would drive me mad so mad that I will spit into every clam shell, make faces at the moon, and bite my
veins and howl."
"And if you do, what of it? So long as your seed does not perish. I shall pay for the wives to their fathers and
send them to you in three days."
"I will have nothing to do with them," Nalasu asserted wildly.
"You will," Bashti insisted calmly. "Because if you do not you will have to pay me. It will be a sore, hard
debt. I will have every joint of you unhinged so that you will be like a jellyfish, like a fat pig with the bones
removed, and I will then stake you out in the midmost centre of the dogkilling ground to swell in pain under
the sun. And what is left of you I shall fling to the dogs to eat. Your seed shall not perish out of Somo. I,
Bashti, so tell you. In three days I shall send to you your two wives. . . . "
He paused, and a long silence fell upon them.
"Well?" Bashti reiterated. "It is wives or staking out unhinged in the sun. You choose, but think well before
you choose the unhinging."
"At my age, with all the vexations of youngness so far behind me!" Nalasu complained.
"Choose. You will find there is vexation, and liveliness and much of it, in the centre of the dogkilling yard
when the sun cooks your sore joints till the grease of the leanness of you bubbles like the tender fat of a
cooked suckingpig."
"Then send me the wives," Nalasu managed to utter after a long pause. "But send them in three days, not in
two, nor tomorrow."
"It is well," Bashti nodded gravely. "You have lived at all only because of those before you, now long in the
dark, who worked so that the tribe might live and you might come to be. You are. They paid the price for
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 81
Page No 84
you. It is your debt. You came into being with this debt upon you. You will pay the debt before you pass out
of being. It is the law. It is very well."
CHAPTER XIX
And had Bashti hastened delivery of the wives by one day, or by even two days, Nalasu would have entered
the feared, purgatory of matrimony. But Bashti kept his word, and on the third day was too busy, with a more
momentous problem, to deliver Bubu and Nena to the blind old man who apprehensively waited their
coming. For the morning of the third day all the summits of leeward Malaita smoked into speech. A warship
was on the coastso the tale ran; a big warship that was heading in through the reef islands at LangaLanga.
The tale grew. The warship was not stopping at LangaLanga. The warship was not stopping at Binu. It was
directing its course toward Somo.
Nalasu, blind, could not see this smoke speech written in the air. Because of the isolation of his house, no one
came and told him. His first warning was when shrill voices of women, cries of children, and wailings of
babes in nameless fear came to him from the main path that led from the village to the upland boundaries of
Somo. He read only fear and panic from the sounds, deduced that the village was fleeing to its mountain
fastnesses, but did not know the cause of the flight.
He called Jerry to him and instructed him to scout to the great banyan tree, where Nalasu's path and the main
path joined, and to observe and report. And Jerry sat under the banyan tree and observed the flight of all
Somo. Men, women, and children, the young and the aged, babes at breast and patriarchs leaning on sticks
and staffs passed before his eyes, betraying the greatest haste and alarm. The village dogs were as frightened,
whimpering and whining as they ran. And the contagion of terror was strong upon Jerry. He knew the prod of
impulse to join in this rush away from some unthinkably catastrophic event that impended and that stirred his
intuitive apprehensions of death. But he mastered the impulse with his sense of loyalty to the blind man who
had fed him and caressed him for a long six months.
Back with Nalasu, sitting between his knees, he made his report. It was impossible for him to count more
than five, although he knew the fleeing population numbered many times more than five. So he signified five
men, and more; five women, and more five children, and more; five babies, and more; five dogs, and
moreeven of pigs did he announce five and more. Nalasu's ears told him that it was many, many times
more, and he asked for names. Jerry know the names of Bashti, of Agno, and of Lamai, and Lumai. He did
not pronounce them with the slightest of resemblance to their customary soundings, but pronounced them in
the whiffwhuff of shorthand speech that Nalasu had taught him.
Nalasu named over many other names that Jerry knew by ear but could not himself evoke in sound, and he
answered yes to most of them by simultaneously nodding his head and advancing his right paw. To some
names he remained without movement in token that he did not know them. And to other names, which he
recognized, but the owners of which he had not seen, he answered no by advancing his left paw.
And Nalasu, beyond knowing that something terrible was impending something horribly more terrible than
any foray of neighbouring saltwater tribes, which Somo, behind her walls, could easily fend off, divined that
it was the longexpected punitive manofwar. Despite his threescore years, he had never experienced a
village shelling. He had heard vague talk of what had happened in the matter of shellfire in other villages,
but he had no conception of it save that it must be, bullets on a larger scale than Snider bullets that could be
fired correspondingly longer distances through the air.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 82
Page No 85
But it was given to him to know shellfire before he died. Bashti, who had long waited the cruiser that was to
avenge the destruction of the Arangi and the taking of the heads of the two white men, and who had long
calculated the damage to be wrought, had given the command to his people to flee to the mountains. First in
the vanguard, borne by a dozen young men, went his matwrapped parcels of heads. The last slow trailers in
the rear of the exodus were just passing, and Nalasu, his bow and his eighty arrows clutched to him, Jerry at
his heels, made his first step to follow, when the air above him was rent by a prodigiousness of sound.
Nalasu sat down abruptly. It was his first shell, and it was a thousand times more terrible than he had
imagined. It was a rip snorting, skysplitting sound as of a cosmic fabric being torn asunder between the
hands of some powerful god. For all the world it was like the roughest tearing across of sheets that were thick
as blankets, that were broad as the earth and wide as the sky.
Not only did he sit down just outside his door, but he crouched his head to his knees and shielded it with the
arch of his arms. And Jerry, who had never heard shellfire, much less imagined what it was like, was
impressed with the awfulness of it. It was to him a natural catastrophe such as had happened to the Arangi
when she was flung down reeling on her side by the shouting wind. But, true to his nature, he did not crouch
down under the shriek of that first shell. On the contrary, he bristled his hair and snarled up with menacing
teeth at whatever the thing was which was so enormously present and yet invisible to his eyes.
Nalasu crouched closer when the shell burst beyond, and Jerry snarled and rippled his hair afresh. Each
repeated his actions with each fresh shell, for, while they screamed no more loudly, they burst in the jungle
more closely. And Nalasu, who had lived a long life most bravely in the midst of perils he had known, was
destined to die a coward out of his fear of the thing unknown, the chemically propelled missile of the white
masters. As the dropping shells burst nearer and nearer, what final selfcontrol he possessed left him. Such
was his utter panic that he might well have bitten his veins and howled. With a lunatic scream, he sprang to
his feet and rushed inside the house as if forsooth its grass thatch could protect his head from such huge
projectiles. He collided with the doorjamb, and, ere Jerry could follow him, whirled around in a part circle
into the centre of the floor just in time to receive the next shell squarely upon his head.
Jerry had just gained the doorway when the shell exploded. The house went into flying fragments, and Nalasu
flew into fragments with it. Jerry, in the doorway, caught in the outdraught of the explosion, was flung a
score of feet away. All in the same fraction of an instant, earthquake, tidal wave, volcanic eruption, the
thunder of the heavens and the fireflashing of an electric bolt from the sky smote him and smote
consciousness out of him.
He had no conception of how long he lay. Five minutes passed before his legs made their first spasmodic
movements, and, as he stumbled to his feet and rocked giddily, he had no thought of the passage of time. He
had no thought about time at all. As a matter of course, his own idea, on which he proceeded to act without
being aware of it, was that, a part of a second before, he had been struck a terrific blow magnified
incalculable times beyond the blow of a stick at a nigger's hands.
His throat and lungs filled with the pungent stifling smoke of powder, his nostrils with earth and dust, he
frantically wheezed and sneezed, leaping about, falling drunkenly, leaping into the air again, staggering on
his hindlegs, dabbing with his forepaws at his nose headdownward between his forelegs, and even rubbing
his nose into the ground. He had no thought for anything save to remove the biting pain from his nose and
mouth, the suffocation from his lungs.
By a miracle he had escaped being struck by the flying splinters of iron, and, thanks to his strong heart, had
escaped being killed by the shock of the explosion. Not until the end of five minutes of mad struggling, in
which he behaved for all the world like a beheaded chicken, did he find life tolerable again. The maximum of
stifling and of agony passed, and, although he was still weak and giddy, he tottered in the direction of the
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 83
Page No 86
house and of Nalasu. And there was no house and no Nalasuonly a debris intermingled of both.
While the shells continued to shriek and explode, now near, now far, Jerry investigated the happening. As
surely as the house was gone, just as surely was Nalasu gone. Upon both had descended the ultimate
nothingness. All the immediate world seemed doomed to nothingness. Life promised only somewhere else, in
the high hills and remote bush whither the tribe had already fled. Loyal he was to his salt, to the master whom
he had obeyed so long, nigger that he was, who so long had fed him, and for whom he had entertained a true
affection. But this master no longer was.
Retreat Jerry did, but he was not hasty in retreat. For a time he snarled at every shellscream in the air and
every shellburst in the bush. But after a time, while the awareness of them continued uncomfortably with
him, the hair on his neck remained laid down and he neither uttered a snarl nor bared his teeth.
And when he parted from what had been and which had ceased to be, not like the bush dogs did he whimper
and run. Instead, he trotted along the path at a regular and dignified pace. When he emerged upon the main
path, he found it deserted. The last refugee had passed. The path, always travelled from daylight to dark, and
which he had so recently seen glutted with humans, now in its emptiness affected him profoundly with the
impression of the endingness of all things in a perishing world. So it was that he did not sit down under the
banyan tree, but trotted along at the far rear of the tribe.
With his nose he read the narrative of the flight. Only once did he encounter what advertised its terror. It was
an entire group annihilated by a shell. There were: an old man of fifty, with a crutch because of the leg which
had been slashed off by a shark when he was a young boy; a dead Mary with a dead babe at her breast and a
dead child of three clutching her hand; and two dead pigs, huge and fat, which the woman had been herding
to safety.
And Jerry's nose told him of how the stream of the fugitives had split and flooded past on each side and
flowed together again beyond. Incidents of the flight he did encounter: a partchewed joint of sugarcane
some child had dropped; a clay pipe, the stem short from successive breakages; a single feather from some
young man's hair, and a calabash, full of cooked yams and sweet potatoes, deposited carefully beside the trail
by some Mary for whom its weight had proved too great.
The shellfire ceased as Jerry trotted along; next he heard the riflefire from the landingparty, as it shot
down the domestic pigs on Somo's streets. He did not hear, however, the chopping down of the coconut trees,
any more than did he ever return to behold what damage the axes had wrought.
For right here occurred with Jerry a wonderful thing that thinkers of the world have not explained. He
manifested in his dog's brain the free agency of life, by which all the generations of metaphysicians have
postulated God, and by which all the deterministic philosophers have been led by the nose despite their clear
denouncement of it as sheer illusion. What Jerry did he did. He did not know how or why he did it any more
than does the philosopher know how or why he decides on mush and cream for breakfast instead of two
softboiled eggs.
What Jerry did was to yield in action to a brain impulse to do, not what seemed the easier and more usual
thing, but to do what seemed the harder and more unusual thing. Since it is easier to endure the known than to
fly to the unknown; since both misery and fear love company; the apparent easiest thing for Jerry to have
done would have been to follow the tribe of Somo into its fastnesses. Yet what Jerry did was to diverge from
the line of retreat and to start northward, across the bounds of Somo, and continue northward into a strange
land of the unknown.
Had Nalasu not been struck down by the ultimate nothingness, Jerry would have remained. This is true, and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 84
Page No 87
this, perhaps, to the one who considers his action, might have been the way he reasoned. But he did not
reason it, did not reason at all; he acted on impulse. He could count five objects, and pronounce them by
name and number, but he was incapable of reasoning that he would remain in Somo if Nalasu lived, depart
from Somo if Nalasu died. He merely departed from Somo because Nalasu was dead, and the terrible
shellfire passed quickly into the past of his consciousness, while the present became vivid after the way of
the present. Almost on his toes did he tread the wild bushmen's trails, tense with apprehension of the lurking
death he know infested such paths, his ears cocked alertly for jungle sounds, his eyes following his ears to
discern what made the sounds.
No more doughty nor daring was Columbus, venturing all that he was to the unknown, than was Jerry in
venturing this jungledarkness of black Malaita. And this wonderful thing, this seeming great deed of free
will, he performed in much the same way that the itching of feet and tickle of fancy have led the feet of men
over all the earth.
Though Jerry never laid eyes on Somo again, Bashti returned with his tribe the same day, grinning and
chuckling as he appraised the damage. Only a few grass houses had been damaged by the shells. Only a few
coconuts had been chopped down. And as for the slain pigs, lest they spoil, he made of their carcasses a great
feast. One shell had knocked a hole through his seawall. He enlarged it for a launchingways, faced the
sides of it with dryfitted coral rock, and gave orders for the building of an additional canoehouse. The only
vexation he suffered was the death of Nalasu and the disappearance of Jerryhis two experiments in
primitive eugenics.
CHAPTER XX
A week Jerry spent in the bush, deterred always from penetrating to the mountains by the bushmen who ever
guarded the runways. And it would have gone hard with him in the matter of food, had he not, on the second
day, encountered a lone small pig, evidently lost from its litter. It was his first hunting adventure for a living,
and it prevented him from travelling farther, for, true to his instinct, he remained by his kill until it was nearly
devoured.
True, he ranged widely about the neighbourhood, finding no other food he could capture. But always, until it
was gone, he returned to the slain pig. Yet he was not happy in his freedom. He was too domesticated, too
civilized. Too many thousands of years had elapsed since his ancestors had run freely wild. He was lonely.
He could not get along without man. Too long had he, and the generations before him, lived in intimate
relationship with the two legged gods. Too long had his kind loved man, served him for love, endured for
love, died for love, and, in return, been partly appreciated, less understood, and roughly loved.
So great was Jerry's loneliness that even a twolegged blackgod was desirable, since whitegods had long
since faded into the limbo of the past. For all he might have known, had he been capable of conjecturing, the
only whitegods in existence had perished. Acting on the assumption that a blackgod was better than no
god, when he had quite finished the little pig, he deflected his course to the left, downhill, toward the sea.
He did this, again without reasoning, merely because, in the subtle processes of his brain, experience worked.
His experience had been to live always close by the sea; humans he had always encountered close by the sea;
and downhill had invariably led to the sea.
He came out upon the shore of the reefsheltered lagoon where ruined grass houses told him men had lived.
The jungle ran riot through the place. Sixinch trees, throated with rotten remnants of thatched roofs through
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 85
Page No 88
which they had aspired toward the sun, rose about him. Quickgrowing trees had shadowed the kingposts so
that the idols and totems, seated in carved shark jaws, grinned greenly and monstrously at the futility of man
through a rime of moss and mottled fungus. A poor little seawall, never much at its best, sprawled in ruin
from the coconut roots to the placid sea. Bananas, plantains, and breadfruit lay rotting on the ground. Bones
lay about, human bones, and Jerry nosed them out, knowing them for what they were, emblems of the
nothingness of life. Skulls he did not encounter, for the skulls that belonged to the scattered bones
ornamented the devil devil houses in the upland bush villages.
The salt tang of the sea gladdened his nostrils, and he snorted with the pleasure of the stench of the mangrove
swamp. But, another Crusoe chancing upon the footprint of another man Friday, his nose, not his eyes,
shocked him electrically alert as he smelled the fresh contact of a living man's foot with the ground. It was a
nigger's foot, but it was alive, it was immediate; and, as he traced it a score of yards, he came upon another
footscent, indubitably a white man's.
Had there been an onlooker, he would have thought Jerry had gone suddenly mad. He rushed frantically
about, turning and twisting his course, now his nose to the ground, now up in the air, whining as frantically as
he rushed, leaping abruptly at right angles as new scents reached him, scurrying here and there and
everywhere as if in a game of tag with some invisible playfellow.
But he was reading the full report which many men had written on the ground. A white man had been there,
he learned, and a number of blacks. Here a black had climbed a coconut tree and cast down the nuts. There a
banana tree had been despoiled of its clustered fruit; and, beyond, it was evident that a similar event had
happened to a breadfruit tree. One thing, however, puzzled hima scent new to him that was neither black
man's nor white man's. Had he had the necessary knowledge and the wit of eyeobservance, he would have
noted that the footprint was smaller than a man's and that the toeprints were different from a Mary's in that
they were close together and did not press deeply into the earth. What bothered him in his smelling was his
ignorance of talcum powder. Pungent it was in his nostrils, but never, since first he had smelled out the
footprints of man, had he encountered such a scent. And with this were combined other and fainter scents that
were equally strange to him.
Not long did he interest himself in such mystery. A white man's footprints he had smelled, and through the
maze of all the other prints he followed the one print down through a breach of seawall to the seapounded
coral sand lapped by the sea. Here the latest freshness of many feet drew together where the nose of a boat
had rested on the beach and where men had disembarked and embarked again. He smelled up all the story,
and, his forelegs in the water till it touched his shoulders, he gazed out across the lagoon where the
disappearing trail was lost to his nose.
Had he been half an hour sooner he would have seen a boat, without oars, gasolinepropelled, shooting
across the quiet water. What he did see was an Arangi. True, it was far larger than the Arangi he had known,
but it was white, it was long, it had masts, and it floated on the surface of the sea. It had three masts,
skylofty and all of a size; but his observation was not trained to note the difference between them and the
one long and the one short mast of the Arangi. The one floating world he had known was the white painted
Arangi. And, since, without a quiver of doubt, this was the Arangi, then, on board, would be his beloved
Skipper. If Arangis could resurrect, then could Skippers resurrect, and in utter faith that the head of
nothingness he had last seen on Bashti's knees he would find again rejoined to its body and its two legs on the
deck of the whitepainted floating world, he waded out to his depth, and, swimming dared the sea.
He greatly dared, for in venturing the water he broke one of the greatest and earliest taboos he had learned. In
his vocabulary was no word for "crocodile"; yet in his thought, as potent as any utterable word, was an image
of dreadful importan image of a log awash that was not a log and that was alive, that could swim upon the
surface, under the surface, and haul out across the dry land, that was hugetoothed, mightymawed, and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 86
Page No 89
certain death to a swimming dog.
But he continued the breaking of the taboo without fear. Unlike a man who can be simultaneously conscious
of two states of mind, and who, swimming, would have known both the fear and the high courage with which
he overrode the fear, Jerry, as he swam, knew only one state of mind, which was that he was swimming to the
Arangi and to Skipper. At the moment preceding the first stroke of his paws in the water out of his depth, he
had known all the terribleness of the taboo he deliberately broke. But, launched out, the decision made, the
line of least resistance taken, he knew, singlethoughted, singlehearted, only that he was going to Skipper.
Little practised as he was in swimming, he swam with all his strength, whimpering in a sort of chant his eager
love for Skipper who indubitably must be aboard the white yacht half a mile away. His little song of love,
fraught with keenness of anxiety, came to the ears of a man and woman lounging in deckchairs under the
awning; and it was the quickeyed woman who first saw the golden head of Jerry and cried out what she saw.
"Lower a boat, HusbandMan," she commanded. "It's a little dog. He mustn't drown."
"Dogs don't drown that easily," was "HusbandMan's" reply. "He'll make it all right. But what under the sun
a dog's doing out here . . . " He lifted his marine glasses to his eyes and stared a moment. "And a white man's
dog at that!"
Jerry beat the water with his paws and moved steadily along, straining his eyes at the growing yacht until
suddenly warned by a sensing of immediate danger. The taboo smote him. This that moved toward him was
the log awash that was not a log but a live thing of peril. Part of it he saw above the surface moving
sluggishly, and ere that projecting part sank, he had an awareness that somehow it was different from a log
awash.
Next, something brushed past him, and he encountered it with a snarl and a splashing of his forepaws. He was
halfwhirled about in the vortex of the thing's passage caused by the alarmed flirt of its tail. Shark it was, and
not crocodile, and not so timidly would it have sheered clear but for the fact that it was fairly full with a
recent feed of a huge sea turtle too feeble with age to escape.
Although he could not see it, Jerry sensed that the thing, the instrument of nothingness, lurked about him. Nor
did he see the dorsal fin break surface and approach him from the rear. From the yacht he heard rifleshots in
quick succession. From the rear a panic splash came to his ears. That was all. The peril passed and was
forgotten. Nor did he connect the rifleshots with the passing of the peril. He did not know, and he was never
to know, that one, known to men as Harley Kennan, but known as "HusbandMan" by the woman he called
"WifeWoman," who owned the threetopmast schooner yacht Ariel, had saved his life by sending a
thirtythirty Marlin bullet through the base of a shark's fin.
But Jerry was to know Harley Kennan, and quickly, for it was Harley Kennan, a bowline around his body
under his armpits, lowered by a couple of seamen down the generous freeboard of the Ariel, who gathered
in by the nape of the neck the smoothcoated Irish terrier that, treading water perpendicularly, had no eyes
for him so eagerly did he gaze at the line of faces along the rail in quest of the one face.
No pause for thanks did he make when he was dropped down upon the deck. Instead, shaking himself
instinctively as he ran, he scurried along the deck for Skipper. The man and his wife laughed at the spectacle.
"He acts as if he were demented with delight at being rescued," Mrs. Kennan observed.
And Mr. Kennan: "It's not that. He must have a screw loose somewhere. Perhaps he's one of those creatures
who've slipped the ratchet off the motion cog. Maybe he can't stop running till he runs down."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 87
Page No 90
In the meantime Jerry continued to run, up port side and down starboard side, from stern to bow and back
again, wagging his stump tail and laughing friendliness to the many twolegged gods he encountered. Had he
been able to think to such abstraction he would have been astounded at the number of whitegods. Thirty
there were at least of them, not counting other gods that were neither black nor white, but that still,
twolegged, upright and garmented, were beyond all peradventure gods. Likewise, had he been capable of
such generalization, he would have decided that the whitegods had not yet all of them passed into the
nothingness. As it was, he realized all this without being aware that he realized it.
But there was no Skipper. He sniffed down the forecastle hatch, sniffed into the galley where two Chinese
cooks jabbered unintelligibly to him, sniffed down the cabin companionway, sniffed down the engineroom
skylight and for the first time knew gasoline and engine oil; but sniff as he would, wherever he ran, no scent
did he catch of Skipper.
Aft, at the wheel, he would have sat down and howled his heartbreak of disappointment, had not a
whitegod, evidently of command, in golddecorated white duck cap and uniform, spoken to him. Instantly,
always a gentleman, Jerry smiled with flattened ears of courtesy, wagged his tail, and approached. The hand
of this high god had almost caressed his head when the woman's voice came down the deck in speech that
Jerry did not understand. The words and terms of it were beyond him. But he sensed power of command in it,
which was verified by the quick withdrawal of the hand of the god in white and gold who had almost
caressed him. This god, stiffened electrically and pointed Jerry along the deck, and, with mouth
encouragements and urgings the import of which Jerry could only guess, directed him toward the one who so
commanded by saying:
"Send him, please, along to me, Captain Winters."
Jerry wriggled his body in delight of obeying, and would loyally have presented his head to her outreaching
caress of hand, had not the strangeness and difference of her deterred him. He broke off in midapproach and
with a show of teeth snarled himself back and away from the windblown skirt of her. The only human
females he had known were naked Marys. This skirt, flapping in the wind like a sail, reminded him of the
menacing mainsail of the Arangi when it had jarred and crashed and swooped above his head. The noises her
mouth made were gentle and ingratiating, but the fearsome skirt still flapped in the breeze.
"You ridiculous dog!" she laughed. "I'm not going to bite you."
But her husband thrust out a rough, sure hand and drew Jerry in to him. And Jerry wriggled in ecstasy under
the god's caress, kissing the hand with a red flicker of tongue. Next, Harley Kennan directed him toward the
woman sitting up in the deckchair and bending forward, with hovering hands of greeting. Jerry obeyed. He
advanced with flattened ears and laughing mouth: but, just ere she could touch him, the wind fluttered the
skirt again and he backed away with a snarl.
"It's not you that he's afraid of, Villa," he said. "But of your skirt. Perhaps he's never seen a skirt before."
"You mean," Villa Kennan challenged, "that these headhunting cannibals ashore here keep records of
pedigrees and maintain kennels; for surely this absurd adventurer of a dog is as proper an Irish terrier as the
Ariel is an Oregonpineplanked schooner."
Harley Kennan laughed in acknowledgment. Villa Kennan laughed too; and Jerry knew that these were a pair
of happy gods, and himself laughed with them.
Of his own initiative, he approached the lady god again, attracted by the talcum powder and other minor
fragrances he had already identified as the strange scents encountered on the beach. But the unfortunate trade
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 88
Page No 91
wind again fluttered her skirt, and again he backed awaynot so far, this time, with much less of a bristle of
his neck and shoulder hair, and with no more of a snarl than a mere halfbaring of his fangs.
"He's afraid of your skirt," Harley insisted. "Look at him! He wants to come to you, but the skirt keeps him
away. Tuck it under you so that it won't flutter, and see what happens."
Villa Kennan carried out the suggestion, and Jerry came circumspectly, bent his head to her hand and writhed
his back under it, the while he sniffed her feet, stockingclad and shoecovered, and knew them as the feet
which had trod uncovered the ruined ways of the village ashore.
"No doubt of it," Harley agreed. "He's whiteman selected, white man bred and born. He has a history. He
knows adventure from the groundroots up. If he could tell his story, we'd sit listening entranced for days.
Depend on it, he's not known blacks all his life. Let's try him on Johnny."
Johnny, whom Kennan beckoned up to him, was a loan from the Resident Commissioner of the British
Solomons at Tulagi, who had come along as pilot and guide to Kennan rather than as philosopher and friend.
Johnny approached grinning, and Jerry's demeanour immediately changed. His body stiffened under Villa
Kennan's hand as he drew away from her and stalked stifflegged to the black. Jerry's ears did not flatten, nor
did he laugh fellowship with his mouth, as he inspected Johnny and smelt his calves for future reference.
Cavalier he was to the extreme, and, after the briefest of inspection, he turned back to Villa Kennan.
"What did I say?" her husband exulted. "He knows the colour line. He's a white man's dog that has been
trained to it."
"My word," spoke up Johnny. "Me know 'm that fella dog. Me know 'm papa and mamma belong along him.
Big fella white marster Mister Haggin stop along Meringe, mamma and papa stop along him that fella place."
Harley Kennan uttered a sharp exclamation.
"Of course," he cried. "The Commissioner told me all about it. The Arangi, that the Somo people captured,
sailed last from Meringe Plantation. Johnny recognizes the dog as the same breed as the pair Haggin, of
Meringe, must possess. But that was a long time ago. He must have been a little puppy. Of course he's a
white man's dog."
"And yet you've overlooked the crowning proof of it," Villa Kennan teased. "The dog carries the evidence
around with him."
Harley looked Jerry over carefully.
"Indisputable evidence," she insisted.
After another prolonged scrutiny, Kennan shook his head.
"Blamed if I can see anything so indisputable as to leave conjecture out."
"The tail," his wife gurgled. "Surely the natives do not bob the tails of their dogs.Do they, Johnny? Do
black man stop along Malaita chop 'm off tail along dog."
"No chop 'm off," Johnny agreed. "Mister Haggin along Meringe he chop 'm off. My word, he chop 'm that
fella tail, you bet."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 89
Page No 92
"Then he's the sole survivor of the Arangi," Villa Kennan concluded. "Don't you agree, Mr. Sherlock Holmes
Kennan?"
"I salute you, Mrs. S. Holmes," her husband acknowledged gallantly. "And all that remains is for you to lead
me directly to the head of La Perouse himself. The sailing directions record that he left it somewhere in these
islands."
Little did they guess that Jerry had lived on intimate terms with one Bashti, not many miles away along the
shore, who, in Somo, at that very moment, sat in his grass house pondering over a head on his withered knees
that had once been the head of the great navigator, the history of which had been forgotten by the sons of the
chief who had taken it.
CHAPTER XXI
The fine, threetopmast schooner Ariel, on a cruise around the world, had already been out a year from San
Francisco when Jerry boarded her. As a world, and as a whitegod world, she was to him beyond compare.
She was not small like the Arangi, nor was she cluttered fore and aft, on deck and below, with a spawn of
niggers. The only black Jerry found on her was Johnny; while her spaciousness was filled principally with
twolegged whitegods.
He met them everywhere, at the wheel, on lookout, washing decks, polishing brasswork, running aloft, or
tailing on to sheets and tackles half a dozen at a time. But there was a difference. There were gods and gods,
and Jerry was not long in learning that in the hierarchy of the heaven of these whitegods on the Ariel, the
sailorizing, shipworking ones were far beneath the captain and his two whiteandgoldclad officers.
These, in turn, were less than Harley Kennan and Villa Kennan; for them, it came quickly to him, Harley
Kennan commanded. Nevertheless, there was one thing he did not learn and was destined never to learn,
namely, the supreme god over all on the Ariel. Although he never tried to know, being unable to think to such
a distance, he never came to know whether it was Harley Kennan who commanded Villa, or Villa Kennan
who commanded Harley. In a way, without vexing himself with the problem, he accepted their overlordship
of the world as dual. Neither out ranked the other. They seemed to rule coequal, while all others bowed
before them.
It is not true that to feed a dog is to win a dog's heart. Never did Harley or Villa feed Jerry; yet it was to them
he elected to belong, them he elected to love and serve rather than to the Japanese steward who regularly fed
him. For that matter, Jerry, like any dog, was able to differentiate between the mere direct foodgiver and the
food source. That is, subconsciously, he was aware that not alone his own food, but the food of all on board
found its source in the man and woman. They it was who fed all and ruled all. Captain Winters might give
orders to the sailors, but Captain Winters took orders from Harley Kennan. Jerry knew this as indubitably as
he acted upon it, although all the while it never entered his head as an item of conscious knowledge.
And, as he had been accustomed, all his life, as with Mister Haggin, Skipper, and even with Bashti and the
chief devil devil doctor of Somo, he attached himself to the high gods themselves, and from the gods under
them received deference accordingly. As Skipper, on the Arangi, and Bashti in Somo, had promulgated
taboos, so the man and the woman on the Ariel protected Jerry with taboos. From Sano, the Japanese steward,
and from him alone, did Jerry receive food. Not from any sailor in whaleboat or launch could he accept, or
would he be offered, a bit of biscuit or an invitation to go ashore for a run. Nor did they offer it. Nor were
they permitted to become intimate, to the extent of romping and playing with him, nor even of whistling to
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 90
Page No 93
him along the deck.
By nature a "oneman" dog, all this was very acceptable to Jerry. Differences of degree there were, of course;
but no one more delicately and definitely knew those differences than did Jerry himself. Thus, it was
permissible for the two officers to greet him with a "Hello," or a "Good morning," and even to touch a hand
in a brief and friendly pat to his head. With Captain Winters, however, greater familiarity obtained. Captain
Winters could rub his ears, shake hands with his, scratch his back, and even roughly catch him by the jowls.
But Captain Winters invariably surrendered him up when the one man and the one woman appeared on deck.
When it came to liberties, delicious, wanton liberties, Jerry alone of all on board could take them with the
man and woman, and, on the other hand, they were the only two to whom he permitted liberties. Any
indignity that Villa Kennan chose to inflict upon him he was throbbingly glad to receive, such as doubling his
ears inside out till they stuck, at the same time making him sit upright, with helpless forefeet paddling the air
for equilibrium, while she blew roguishly in his face and nostrils. As bad was Harley Kennan's trick of
catching him gloriously asleep on an edge of Villa's skirt and of tickling the hair between his toes and making
him kick involuntarily in his sleep, until he kicked himself awake to hearing of gurgles and snickers of
laughter at his expense.
In turn, at night on deck, wriggling her toes at him under a rug to simulate some strange and crawling
creature of an invader, he would dare to simulate his own befoolment and quite disrupt Villa's bed with his
frantic ferocious attack on the thing that he knew was only her toes. In gales of laughter, intermingled with
halfgenuine cries of alarm as almost his teeth caught her toes, she always concluded by gathering him into
her arms and laughing the last of her laughter away into his flattened ears of joy and love. Who else, of all on
board the Ariel, would have dared such devilishness with the ladygod's bed? This question it never entered
his mind to ask himself; yet he was fully aware of how exclusively favoured he was.
Another of his deliberate tricks was one discovered by accident. Thrusting his muzzle to meet her in love, he
chanced to encounter her face with his softhard little nose with such force as to make her recoil and cry out.
When, another time, in all innocence this happened again, he became conscious of it and of its effect upon
her; and thereafter, when she grew too wildly wild, too wantonly facetious in her teasing playful love of him,
he would thrust his muzzle at her face and make her throw her head back to escape him. After a time,
learning that if he persisted, she would settle the situation by gathering him into her arms and gurgling into
his ears, he made it a point to act his part until such delectable surrender and joyful culmination were
achieved.
Never, by accident, in this deliberate game, did he hurt her chin or cheek so severely as he hurt his own
tender nose, but in the hurt itself he found more of delight than pain. All of fun it was, all through, and, in
addition, it was love fun. Such hurt was more than fun. Such pain was heartpleasure.
All dogs are godworshippers. More fortunate than most dogs, Jerry won to a pair of gods that, no matter
how much they commanded, loved more. Although his nose might threaten grievously to hurt the cheek of
his adored god, rather than have it really hurt he would have spilled out all the lovetide of his heart that
constituted the life of him. He did not live for food, for shelter, for a comfortable place between the
darknesses that rounded existence. He lived for love. And as surely as he gladly lived for love, would he have
died gladly for love.
Not quickly, in Somo, had Jerry's memory of Skipper and Mister Haggin faded. Life in the cannibal village
had been too unsatisfying. There had been too little love. Only love can erase the memory of love, or rather,
the hurt of lost love. And on board the Ariel such erasement occurred quickly. Jerry did not forget Skipper
and Mister Haggin. But at the moments he remembered them the yearning that accompanied the memory
grew less pronounced and painful. The intervals between the moments widened, nor did Skipper and Mister
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 91
Page No 94
Haggin take form and reality so frequently in his dreams; for, after the manner of dogs, he dreamed much and
vividly.
CHAPTER XXII
Northward, along the leeward coast of Malaita, the Ariel worked her leisurely way, threading the
colourriotous lagoon that lay between the shorereefs and outerreefs, daring passages so narrow and
coralpatched that Captain Winters averred each day added a thousand grey hairs to his head, and dropping
anchor off every walled inlet of the outer reef and every mangrove swamp of the mainland that looked
promising of cannibal life. For Harley and Villa Kennan were in no hurry. So long as the way was interesting,
they dared not how long it proved from anywhere to anywhere.
During this time Jerry learned a new name for himselfor, rather, an entire series of names for himself. This
was because of an aversion on Harley Kennan's part against renaming a named thing.
"A name he must have had," he argued to Villa. "Haggin must have named him before he sailed on the
Arangi. Therefore, nameless he must be until we get back to Tulagi and find out his real name."
"What's in a name?" Villa had begun to tease.
"Everything," her husband retorted. "Think of yourself, shipwrecked, called by your rescuers 'Mrs. Riggs,' or
'Mademoiselle de Maupin,' or just plain 'Topsy.' And think of me being called 'Benedict Arnold,' or ' Judas,'
or . . . or . . . 'Haman.' No, keep him nameless, until we find out his original name."
"Must call him something," she objected. "Can't think of him without thinking something."
"Then call him many names, but never the same name twice. Call him 'Dog' today, and 'Mister Dog'
tomorrow, and the next day something else."
So it was, more by tone and emphasis and context of situation than by anything else, that Jerry came hazily to
identify himself with names such as: Dog, Mister Dog, Adventurer, Strong Useful One, Sing Song Silly,
Noname, and Quivering LoveHeart. These were a few of the many names lavished on him by Villa. Harley,
in turn, addressed him as: ManDog, Incorruptible One, Brass Tacks, Then Some, Sin of Gold, South Sea
Satrap, Nimrod, Young Nick, and LionSlayer. In brief, the man and woman competed with each other to
name him most without naming him ever the same. And Jerry, less by sound and syllable than by what of
their hearts vibrated in their throats, soon learned to know himself by any name they chose to address to him.
He no longer thought of himself as Jerry, but, instead, as any sound that sounded nice or was lovesounded.
His great disappointment (if "disappointment" may be considered to describe an unconsciousness of failure to
realize the expected) was in the matter of language. No one on board, not even Harley and Villa, talked
Nalasu's talk. All Jerry's large vocabulary, all his proficiency in the use of it, which would have set him apart
as a marvel beyond all other dogs in the mastery of speech, was wasted on those of the Ariel. They did not
speak, much less guess, the existence of the whiffwhuff shorthand language which Nalasu had taught him,
and which, Nalasu dead, Jerry alone knew of all living creatures in the world.
In vain Jerry tried it on the ladygod. Sitting squatted on his haunches, his head bowed forward and held
between her hands, he would talk and talk and elicit never a responsive word from her. With tiny whines and
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 92
Page No 95
thin whimperings, with whiffs and whuffs and growly sorts of noises down in his throat, he would try to tell
her somewhat of his tale. She was all meltingness of sympathy; she would hold her ear so near to the
articulate mouth of him as almost to drown him in the flowing fragrance of her hair; and yet her brain told her
nothing of what he uttered, although her heart surely sensed his intent.
"Bless me, HusbandMan!" she would cry out. "The Dog is talking. I know he is talking. He is telling me all
about himself. The story of his life is mine, could I but understand. It's right here pouring into my miserable
inadequate ears, only I can't catch it."
Harley was sceptical, but her woman's intuition guessed aright.
"I know it!" she would assure her husband. "I tell you he could tell the tale of all his adventures if only we
had understanding. No other dog has ever talked this way to me. There's a tale there. I feel its touches.
Sometimes almost do I know he is telling of joy, of love, of high elation, and combat. Again, it is indignation,
hurt of outrage, despair and sadness."
"Naturally," Harley agreed quietly. "A white man's dog, adrift among the anthropophagi of Malaita, would
experience all such sensations and, just as naturally, a white man's woman, a Wife Woman, a dear,
delightful Villa Kennan woman, can of herself imagine such a dog's experiences and deem his silly noises a
recital of them, failing to recognize them as projections of her own delicious, sensitive, sympathetic self. The
song of the sea from the lips of the shellPshaw! The song oneself makes of the sea and puts into the shell."
"Just the same"
"Always the same," he gallantly cut her off. "Always right, especially when most wrong. Not in navigation,
of course, nor in affairs such as the multiplication table, where the brass tacks of reality stud the way of one's
ship among the rocks and shoals of the sea; but right, truth beyond truth to truth higher than truth, namely,
intuitional truth."
"Now you are laughing at me with your superior manwisdom," she retorted. "But I know" she paused for
the strength of words she needed, and words forsook her, so that her quick sweeping gesture of handtouch to
heart named authority that overrode all speech.
"We agreeI salute," he laughed gaily. "It was just precisely what I was saying. Our hearts can talk our
heads down almost any time, and, best all, our hearts are always right despite the statistic that they are mostly
wrong."
Harley Kennan did not believe, and never did believe, his wife's report of the tales Jerry told. And through all
his days to the last one of them, he considered the whole matter a pleasant fancy, all poesy of sentiment, on
Villa's part.
But Jerry, fourlegged, smoothcoated, Irish terrier that he was, had the gift of tongues. If he could not teach
languages, at least he could learn languages. Without effort, and quickly, practically with no teaching, he
began picking up the language of the Ariel. Unfortunately, it was not a whiffwhuff, dogpossible language
such as Nalasu had invented. While Jerry came to understand much that was spoken on the Ariel, he could
speak none of it. Three names, at least, he had for the ladygod: "Villa," "WifeWoman," "Missis Kennan,"
for so he heard her variously called. But he could not so call her. This was godlanguage entire, which only
gods could talk. It was unlike the language of Nalasu's devising, which had been a compromise between
godtalk and dogtalk, so that a god and a dog could talk in the common medium.
In the same way he learned many names for the oneman god: "Mister Kennan," "Harley," "Captain
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 93
Page No 96
Kennan," and "Skipper." Only in the intimacy of the three of them alone did Jerry hear him called:
"HusbandMan," "My Man," "Patient One," "Dear Man," "Lover," and "This Woman's Delight." But in no
way could Jerry utter these names in address of the oneman nor the many names in address of the one
woman. Yet on a quiet night with no wind among the trees, often and often had he whispered to Nalasu, by
whiffwhuff of name, from a hundred feet away.
One day, bending over him, her hair (drying from a saltwater swim) flying about him, the onewoman, her
two hands holding his head and jowls so that his ribbon of kissing tongue just missed her nose in the empty
air, sang to him: "'Don't know what to call him, but he's mighty lak' a rose!'"
On another day she repeated this, at the same time singing most of the song to him softly in his ear. In the
midst of it Jerry surprised her. Equally true might be the statement that he surprised himself. Never, had he
consciously done such a thing before. And he did it without volition. He never intended to do it. For that
matter, the very thing he did was what mastered him into doing it. No more than could he refrain from
shaking the water from his back after a swim, or from kicking in his sleep when his feet were tickled, could
he have avoided doing this imperative thing.
As her voice, in the song, made soft vibrations in his ears, it seemed to him that she grew dim and vague
before him, and that somehow, under the soft searching prod of her song, he was otherwhere. So much was
he otherwhere that he did the surprising thing. He sat down abruptly, almost cataleptically, drew his head
away from the clutch of her hands and out of the entanglement of her hair, and, his nose thrust upward at an
angle of fortyfive degrees, he began to quiver and to breathe audibly in rhythm to the rhythm of her singing.
With a quick jerk, cataleptically, his nose pointed to the zenith, his mouth opened, and a flood of sound
poured forth, running swiftly upward in crescendo and slowly falling as it died away.
This howl was the beginning, and it led to the calling him "Sing Song Silly." For Villa Kennan was quick to
seize upon the howling her singing induced and to develop it. Never did he hang back when she sat down,
extended her welcoming hands to him, and invited: "Come on, Sing Song Silly." He would come to her, sit
down with the loved fragrance of her hair in his nostrils, lay the side of his head against hers, point his nose
past her ear, and almost immediately follow her when she began her low singing. Minor strains were
especially provocative in getting him started, and, once started, he would sing with her as long as she wished.
Singing it truly was. Apt in all ways of speech, he quickly learned to soften and subdue his howl till it was
mellow and golden. Even could he manage it to die away almost to a whisper, and to rise and fall, accelerate
and retard, in obedience to her own voice and in accord with it.
Jerry enjoyed the singing much in the same way the opium eater enjoys his dreams. For dream he did,
vaguely and indistinctly, eyes wide open and awake, the ladygod's hair in a faintscented cloud about him,
her voice mourning with his, his consciousness drowning in the dreams of otherwhereness that came to him
of the singing and that was the singing. Memories of pain were his, but of pain so long forgotten that it was
no longer pain. Rather did it permeate him with a delicious sadness, and lift him away and out of the Ariel
(lying at anchor in some coral lagoon) to that unreal place of Otherwhere.
For visions were his at such times. In the cold bleakness of night, it would seem he sat on a bare hill and
raised his howl to the stars, while out of the dark, from far away, would drift to him an answering howl. And
other howls, near and far, would drift along until the night was vocal with his kind. His kind it was. Without
knowing it he knew it, this camaraderie of the land of Otherwhere.
Nalasu, in teaching him the whiffwhuff language, deliberately had gone into the intelligence of him; but
Villa, unwitting of what she was doing, went into the heart of him, and into the heart of his heredity, touching
the profoundest chords of ancient memories and making them respond.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 94
Page No 97
As instance: dim shapes and shadowy forms would sometimes appear to him out of the night, and as they
flitted spectrally past he would hear, as in a dream, the hunting cries of the pack; and, as his pulse quickened,
his own hunting instinct would rouse until his controlled softhowling in the song broke into eager whinings.
His head would lower out of the entanglement of the woman's hair; his feet would begin making restless,
spasmodic movements as if running; and Presto, in a flash, he would be out and away, across the face of time,
out of reality and into the dream, himself running in the midst of those shadowy forms in the hunting
fellowship of the pack.
And as men have ever desired the dust of the poppy and the juice of the hemp, so Jerry desired the joys that
were his when Villa Kennan opened her arms to him, embraced him with her hair, and sang him across time
and space into the dream of his ancient kind.
Not always, however, were such experiences his when they sang together. Usually, unaccompanied by
visions, he knew no more than vaguenesses of sensations, sadly sweet, ghosts of memories that they were. At
other times, incited by such sadness, images of Skipper and Mister Haggin would throng his mind; images,
too, of Terrence, and Biddy, and Michael, and the rest of the longvanished life at Meringe Plantation.
"My dear," Harley said to Villa at the conclusion of one such singing, "it's fortunate for him that you are not
an animal trainer, or, rather, I suppose, it would be better called 'trained animal showwoman'; for you'd be
topping the bill in all the musichalls and vaudeville houses of the world."
"If I did," she replied, "I know he'd just love to do it with me"
"Which would make it a very unusual turn," Harley caught her up.
"You mean . . .?"
"That in about one turn in a hundred does the animal love its work or is the animal loved by its trainer."
"I thought all the cruelty had been done away with long ago," she contended.
"So the audience thinks, and the audience is ninetynine times wrong."
Villa heaved a great sigh of renunciation as she said, "Then I suppose I must abandon such promising and
lucrative career right now in the very moment you have discovered it for me. Just the same the billboards
would look splendid with my name in the hugest letters"
"Villa Kennan the Thrushthroated Songstress, and Sing Song Silly the IrishTerrier Tenor," her husband
pictured the headlines for her.
And with dancing eyes and lolling tongue Jerry joined in the laughter, not because he knew what it was
about, but because it tokened they were happy and his love prompted him to be happy with them.
For Jerry had found, and in the uttermost, what his nature craved the love of a god. Recognizing the
duality of their lordship over the Ariel, he loved the pair of them; yet, somehow, perhaps because she had
penetrated deepest into his heart with her magic voice that transported him to the land of Otherwhere, he
loved the ladygod beyond all love he had ever known, not even excluding his love for Skipper.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 95
Page No 98
CHAPTER XXIII
One thing Jerry learned early on the Ariel, namely, that nigger chasing was not permitted. Eager to please
and serve his new gods, he took advantage of the first opportunity to worry a canoeload of blacks who came
visiting on board. The quick chiding of Villa and the command of Harley made him pause in amazement.
Fully believing he had been mistaken, he resumed his ragging of the particular black he had picked upon.
This time Harley's voice was peremptory, and Jerry came to him, his wagging tail and wriggling body all
eagerness of apology, as was his rosestrip of tongue that kissed the hand of forgiveness with which Harley
patted him.
Next, Villa called him to her. Holding him close to her with her hands on his jowls, eye to eye and nose to
nose, she talked to him earnestly about the sin of niggerchasing. She told him that he was no common
bushdog, but a blooded Irish gentleman, and that no dog that was a gentleman ever did such things as chase
unoffending black men. To all of which he listened with unblinking serious eyes, understanding little of what
she said, yet comprehending all. "Naughty" was a word in the Ariel language he had already learned, and she
used it several times. "Naughty," to him, meant "must not," and was by way of expressing a taboo.
Since it was their way and their will, who was he, he might well have asked himself, to disobey their rule or
question it? If niggers were not to be chased, then chase them he would not, despite the fact that Skipper had
encouraged him to chase them. Not in such set terms did Jerry consider the matter; but in his own way he
accepted the conclusions.
Love of a god, with him, implied service. It pleased him to please with service. And the foundationstone of
service, in his case, was obedience. Yet it strained him sore for a time to refrain from snarl and snap when the
legs of strange and presumptuous blacks passed near him along the Ariel's white deck.
But there were times and times, as he was to learn, and the time came when Villa Kennan wanted a bath, a
real bath in fresh, rain descended, running water, and when Johnny, the black pilot from Tulagi, made a
mistake. The chart showed a mile of the Suli river where it emptied into the sea. Why it showed only a mile
was because no white man had ever explored it farther. When Villa proposed the bath, her husband advised
with Johnny. Johnny shook his head.
"No fella boy stop 'm along that place," he said. "No make 'm trouble along you. Bush fella boy stop 'm long
way too much."
So it was that the launch went ashore, and, while its crew lolled in the shade of the beach coconuts, Villa,
Harley, and Jerry followed the river inland a quarter of a mile to the first likely pool.
"One can never be too sure," Harley said, taking his automatic pistol from its holster and placing it on top his
heap of clothes. "A stray bunch of blacks might just happen to surprise us."
Villa stepped into the water to her knees, looked up at the dark jungle roof high overhead through which only
occasional shafts of sunlight penetrated, and shuddered.
"An appropriate setting for a dark deed," she smiled, then scooped a handful of chill water against her
husband, who plunged in in pursuit.
For a time Jerry sat by their clothes and watched the frolic. Then the drifting shadow of a huge butterfly
attracted his attention, and soon he was nosing through the jungle on the trail of a woodrat. It was not a very
fresh trail. He knew that well enough; but in the deeps of him were all his instincts of ancient
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 96
Page No 99
traininginstincts to hunt, to prowl, to pursue living things, in short, to play the game of getting his own
meat though for ages man had got the meat for him and his kind.
So it was, exercising faculties that were no longer necessary, but that were still alive in him and clamorous
for exercise, he followed the longsince passed woodrat with all the softfooted crouching craft of the
meatpursuer and with utmost fineness of reading the scent. The trail crossed a fresh trail, a trail very fresh,
very immediately fresh. As if a rope had been attached to it, his head was jerked abruptly to right angles with
his body. The unmistakable smell of a black was in his nostrils. Further, it was a strange black, for he did not
identify it with the many he possessed filed away in the pigeonholes of his brain.
Forgotten was the stale woodrat as he followed the new trail. Curiosity and play impelled him. He had no
thought of apprehension for Villa and Harleynot even when he reached the spot where the black, evidently
startled by bearing their voices, had stood and debated, and so left a very strong scent. From this point the
trail swerved off toward the pool. Nervously alert, strung to extreme tension, but without alarm, still playing
at the game of tracking, Jerry followed.
From the pool came occasional cries and laughter, and each time they reached his ears Jerry experienced glad
little thrills. Had he been asked, and had he been able to express the sensations of emotion in terms of
thought, he would have said that the sweetest sound in the world was any sound of Villa Kennan's voice, and
that, next sweetest, was any sound of Harley Kennan's voice. Their voices thrilled him, always, reminding
him of his love for them and that he was beloved of them.
With the first sight of the strange black, which occurred close to the pool, Jerry's suspicions were aroused. He
was not conducting himself as an ordinary black, not on evil intent, should conduct himself. Instead, he
betrayed all the actions of one who lurked in the perpetration of harm. He crouched on the jungle floor,
peering around a great root of a board tree. Jerry bristled and himself crouched as he watched.
Once, the black raised his rifle halfway to his shoulder; but, with an outburst of splashing and laughter, his
unconscious victims evidently removed themselves from his field of vision. His rifle was no oldfashioned
Snider, but a modern, repeating Winchester; and he showed habituation to firing it from his shoulder rather
than from the hip after the manner of most Malaitans.
Not satisfied with his position by the board tree, he lowered his gun to his side and crept closer to the pool.
Jerry crouched low and followed. So low did he crouch that his head, extended horizontally forward, was
much lower than his shoulders which were humped up queerly and composed the highest part of him. When
the black paused, Jerry paused, as if instantly frozen. When the black moved, he moved, but more swiftly,
cutting down the distance between them. And all the while the hair of his neck and shoulders bristled in
recurrent waves of ferocity and wrath. No golden dog this, ears flattened and tongue laughing in the arms of
the ladygod, no Sing Song Silly chanting ancient memories in the cloudentanglement of her hair; but a
fourlegged creature of battle, a fanged killer ripe to rend and destroy.
Jerry intended to attack as soon as he had crept sufficiently near. He was unaware of the Ariel taboo against
niggerchasing. At that moment it had no place in his consciousness. All he knew was that harm threatened
the man and woman and that this nigger intended this harm.
So much had Jerry gained on his quarry, that when again the black squatted for his shot, Jerry deemed he was
near enough to rush. The rifle was coming to shoulder when he sprang forward. Swiftly as he sprang, he
made no sound, and his victim's first warning was when Jerry's body, launched like a projectile, smote the
black squarely between the shoulders. At the same moment his teeth entered the back of the neck, but too
near the base in the lumpy shoulder muscles to permit the fangs to penetrate to the spinal cord.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 97
Page No 100
In the first fright of surprise, the black's finger pulled the trigger and his throat loosed an unearthly yell.
Knocked forward on his face, he rolled over and grappled with Jerry, who slashed cheek bone and cheek
and ribboned an ear; for it is the way of an Irish terrier to bite repeatedly and quickly rather than to hold a
bulldog grip.
When Harley Kennan, automatic in hand and naked as Adam, reached the spot, he found dog and man locked
together and tearing up the forest mould in their struggle. The black, his face streaming blood, was throttling
Jerry with both hands around his neck; and Jerry, snorting, choking, snarling, was scratching for dear life
with the claws of his hind feet. No puppy claws were they, but the stout claws of a mature dog that were
stiffened by a backing of hard muscles. And they ripped naked chest and abdomen full length again and again
until the whole front of the man was streaming red. Harley Kennan did not dare chance a shot, so closely
were the combatants locked. Instead, stepping in close; he smashed down the butt of his automatic upon the
side of the man's head. Released by the relaxing of the stunned black's hands, Jerry flung himself in a flash
upon the exposed throat, and only Harley's hand on his neck and Harley's sharp command made him cease
and stand clear. He trembled with rage and continued to snarl ferociously, although he would desist long
enough to glance up with his eyes, flatten his ears, and wag his tail each time Harley uttered "Good boy."
"Good boy" he knew for praise; and he knew beyond any doubt, by Harley's repetition of it, that he had
served him and served him well.
"Do you know the beggar intended to bushwhack us," Harley told Villa, who, halfdressed and still
dressing, had joined him. "It wasn't fifty feet and he couldn't have missed. Look at the Winchester. No old
smooth bore. And a fellow with a gun like that would know how to use it."
"But why didn't he?" she queried.
Her husband pointed to Jerry.
Villa's eyes brightened with quick comprehension. "You mean . . . ?" she began.
He nodded. "Just that. Sing Song Silly beat him to it." He bent, rolled the man over, and discovered the
lacerated back of the neck. "That's where he landed on him first, and he must have had his finger on the
trigger, drawing down on you and me, most likely me first, when Sing Song Silly broke up his calculations."
Villa was only half hearing, for she had Jerry in her arms and was calling him "Blessed Dog," the while she
stilled his snarling and soothed down the last bristling hair.
But Jerry snarled again and was for leaping upon the black when he stirred restlessly and dizzily sat up.
Harley removed a knife from between the bare skin and a belt.
"What name belong you?" he demanded.
But the black had eyes only for Jerry, staring at him in wondering amaze until he pieced the situation together
in his growing clarity of brain and realized that such a small chunky animal had spoiled his game.
"My word," he grinned to Harley, "that fella dog put 'm crimp along me any amount."
He felt out the wounds of his neck and face, while his eyes embraced the fact that the white master was in
possession of his rifle.
"You give 'm musket belong me," he said impudently.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 98
Page No 101
"I give 'm you bang alongside head," was Harley's answer.
"He doesn't seem to me to be a regular Malaitan," he told Villa. "In the first place, where would he get a rifle
like that? Then think of his nerve. He must have seen us drop anchor, and he must have known our launch
was on the beach. Yet he played to take our heads and get away with them back into the bush"
"What name belong you?" he again demanded.
But not until Johnny and the launch crew arrived breathless from their run, did he learn. Johnny's eyes
gloated when he beheld the prisoner, and he addressed Kennan in evident excitement.
"You give 'm me that fella boy," he begged. "Eh? You give 'm me that fella boy."
"What name you want 'm?"
Not for some time would Johnny answer this question, and then only when Kennan told him that there was no
harm done and that he intended to let the black go. At this Johnny protested vehemently.
"Maybe you fetch 'm that fella boy along Government House, Tulagi, Government House give 'm you twenty
pounds. Him plenty bad fella boy too much. Makawao he name stop along him. Bad fella boy too much. Him
Queensland boy"
"What name Queensland?" Kennan interrupted. "He belong that fella place?"
Johnny shook his head.
"Him belong along Malaita first time. Long time before too much he recruit 'm along schooner go work along
Queensland."
"He's a return Queenslander," Harley interpreted to Villa. "You know, when Australia went 'all white,' the
Queensland plantations had to send all the black birds back. This Makawao is evidently one of them, and a
hard case as well, if there's anything in Johnny's gammon about twenty pounds reward for him. That's a big
price for a black."
Johnny continued his explanation which, reduced to flat and sober English, was to the effect that Makawao
had always borne a bad character. In Queensland he had served a total of four years in jail for thefts,
robberies, and attempted murder. Returned to the Solomons by the Australian government, he had recruited
on Buli Plantation for the purposeas was afterwards provedof getting arms and ammunition. For an
attempt to kill the manager he had received fifty lashes at Tulagi and served a year. Returned to Buli
Plantation to finish his labour service, he had contrived to kill the owner in the manager's absence and to
escape in a whaleboat.
In the whaleboat with him he had taken all the weapons and ammunition of the plantation, the owner's head,
ten Malaita recruits, and two recruits from San Cristobalthe two last because they were saltwater men and
could handle the whaleboat. Himself and the ten Malaitans, being bushmen, were too ignorant of the sea to
dare the long passage from Guadalcanar.
On the way, he had raided the little islet of Ugi, sacked the store, and taken the head of the solitary trader, a
gentlesouled half caste from Norfolk Island who traced back directly to a Pitcairn ancestry straight from
the loins of McCoy of the Bounty. Arrived safely at Malaita, he and his fellows, no longer having any use for
the two San Cristobal boys, had taken their heads and eaten their bodies.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 99
Page No 102
"My word, him bad fella boy any amount," Johnny finished his tale. "Government House, Tulagi, damn glad
give 'm twenty pounds along that fella."
"You blessed Sing Song Silly," Villa, murmured in Jerry's ears. "If it hadn't been for you"
"Your head and mine would even now be galumping through the bush as Makawao hit the high places for
home," Harley concluded for her. "My word, some fella dog that, any amount," he added lightly. "And I gave
him merry Ned just the other day for niggerchasing, and he knew his business better than I did all the time."
"If anybody tries to claim him" Villa threatened.
Harley confirmed her muttered sentiment with a nod.
"Any way," he said, with a smile, "there would have been one consolation if your head had gone up into the
bush."
"Consolation!" she cried, throaty with indignation.
"Why, yes; because in that case my head would have gone along."
"You dear and blessed HusbandMan," she murmured, a quick cloudiness of moisture in her eyes, as with
her eyes she embraced him, her arms still around Jerry, who, sensing the ecstasy of the moment, kissed her
fragrant cheek with his ribbontongue of love.
CHAPTER XXIV
When the Ariel cleared from Malu, on the northwest coast of Malaita, Malaita sank down beneath the
searim astern and, so far as Jerry's life was concerned, remained sunk for everanother vanished world,
that, in his consciousness, partook of the ultimate nothingness that had befallen Skipper. For all Jerry might
have known, though he pondered it not, Malaita was a universe, beheaded and resting on the knees of some
brooding lesser god, himself vastly mightier than Bashti whose knees bore the brooding weight of Skipper's
sundried, smokecured head, this lesser god vexed and questing, feeling and guessing at the dual
twinmysteries of time and space and of motion and matter, above, beneath, around, and beyond him.
Only, in Jerry's case, there was no pondering of the problem, no awareness of the existence of such mysteries.
He merely accepted Malaita as another world that had ceased to be. He remembered it as he remembered
dreams. Himself a live thing, solid and substantial, possessed of weight and dimension, a reality
incontrovertible, he moved through the space and place of being, concrete, hard, quick, convincing, an
absoluteness of something surrounded by the shades and shadows of the fluxing phantasmagoria of nothing.
He took his worlds one by one. One by one his worlds evaporated, rose beyond his vision as vapours in the
hot alembic of the sun, sank for ever beneath sealevels, themselves unreal and passing as the phantoms of a
dream. The totality of the minute, simple world of the humans, microscopic and negligible as it was in the
siderial universe, was as far beyond his guessing as is the siderial universe beyond the starriest guesses and
most abysmal imaginings of man.
Jerry was never to see the dark island of savagery again, although often in his sleeping dreams it was to return
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 100
Page No 103
to him in vivid illusion, as he relived his days upon it, from the destruction of the Arangi and the maneating
orgy on the beach to his flight from the shellscattered house and flesh of Nalasu. These dream episodes
constituted for him another land of Otherwhere, mysterious, unreal, and evanescent as clouds drifting across
the sky or bubbles taking iridescent form and bursting on the surface of the sea. Froth and foam it was,
quickvanishing as he awoke, nonexistent as Skipper, Skipper's head on the withered knees of Bashti in the
lofty grass house. Malaita the real, Malaita the concrete and ponderable, vanished and vanished for ever, as
Meringe had vanished, as Skipper had vanished, into the nothingness.
From Malaita the Ariel steered west of north to Ongtong Java and to Tasmangreat atolls that sweltered
under the Line not quite awash in the vast waste of the West South Pacific. After Tasman was another wide
seastretch to the high island of Bougainville. Thence, bearing generally southeast and making slow
progress in the dead beat to windward, the Ariel dropped anchor in nearly every harbour of the Solomons,
from Choiseul and Ronongo islands, to the islands of Kulambangra, Vangunu, Pavuvu, and New Georgia.
Even did she ride to anchor, desolately lonely, in the Bay of a Thousand Ships.
Last of all, so far as concerned the Solomons, her anchor rumbled down and bit into the coralsanded bottom
of the harbour of Tulagi, where, ashore on Florida Island, lived and ruled the Resident Commissioner.
To the Commissioner, Harley Kennan duly turned over Makawao, who was committed to a grasshouse jail,
well guarded, to sit in legirons against the time of trial for his many crimes. And Johnny, the pilot, ere he
returned to the service of the Commissioner, received a fair portion of the twenty pounds of head money that
Kennan divided among the members of the launch crew who had raced through the jungle to the rescue the
day Jerry had taken Makawao by the back of the neck and startled him into pulling the trigger of his unaimed
rifle.
"I'll tell you his name," the Commissioner said, as they sat on the wide veranda of his bungalow. "It's one of
Haggin's terriers Haggin of Meringe Lagoon. The dog's father is Terrence, the mother is Biddy. The dog's
own name is Jerry, for I was present at the christening before ever his eyes were open. Better yet, I'll show
you his brother. His brother's name is Michael. He's niggerchaser on the Eugenie, the twotopmast schooner
that rides abreast of you. Captain Kellar is the skipper. I'll have him bring Michael ashore. Beyond all doubt,
this Jerry is the sole survivor of the Arangi."
"When I get the time, and a sufficient margin of funds, I shall pay a visit to Chief Bashtioh, no British
cruiser program. I'll charter a couple of trading ketches, take my own black police force and as many white
men as I cannot prevent from volunteering. There won't be any shelling of grass houses. I'll land my shore
party down the coast and cut in and come down upon Somo from the rear, timing my vessels to arrive on
Somo's seafront at the same time."
"You will answer slaughter with slaughter?" Villa Kennan objected.
"I will answer slaughter with law," the Commissioner replied. "I will teach Somo law. I hope that no
accidents will occur. I hope that no life will be lost on either side. I know, however, that I shall recover
Captain Van Horn's head, and his mate Borckman's, and bring them back to Tulagi for Christian burial. I
know that I shall get old Bashti by the scruff of the neck and sit him down while I pump law and
squaredealing into him. Of course . . . "
The Commissioner, asceticlooking, an Oxford graduate, narrow shouldered and elderly, tiredeyed and
bespectacled like the scholar he was, like the scientist he was, shrugged his shoulders. "Of course, if they are
not amenable to reason, there may be trouble, and some of them and some of us will get hurt. But, one way or
the other, the conclusion will be the same. Old Bashti will learn that it is expedient to maintain white men's
heads on their shoulders."
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 101
Page No 104
"But how will he learn?" Villa Kennan asked. "If he is shrewd enough not to fight you, and merely sits and
listens to your English law, it will be no more than a huge joke to him. He will no more than pay the price of
listening to a lecture for any atrocity he commits."
"On the contrary, my dear Mrs. Kennan. If he listens peaceably to the lecture, I shall fine him only a hundred
thousand coconuts, five tons of ivory nut, one hundred fathoms of shell money, and twenty fat pigs. If he
refuses to listen to the lecture and goes on the war path, then, unpleasantly for me, I assure you, I shall be
compelled to thrash him and his village, first: and, next, I shall triple the fine he must pay and lecture the law
into him a trifle more compendiously."
"Suppose he doesn't fight, stops his ears to the lecture, and declines to pay?" Villa Kennan persisted.
"Then he shall be my guest, here in Tulagi, until he changes his mind and heart, and does pay, and listens to
an entire course of lectures."
So it was that Jerry came to hear his oldtime name on the lips of Villa and Harley, and saw once again his
fullbrother Michael.
"Say nothing," Harley muttered to Villa, as they made out, peering over the bow of the shorecoming
whaleboat, the rough coat, red wheaten in colour, of Michael. "We won't know anything about anything,
and we won't even let on we're watching what they do."
Jerry, feigning interest in digging a hole in the sand as if he were on a fresh scent, was unaware of Michael's
nearness. In fact, so well had Jerry feigned that he had forgotten it was all a game, and his interest was very
real as he sniffed and snorted joyously in the bottom of the hole he had dug. So deep was it, that all he
showed of himself was his hindlegs, his rump, and an intelligent and stiffly erect stump of a tail.
Little wonder that he and Michael failed to see each other. And Michael, spilling over with unused vitality
from the cramped space of the Eugenie's deck, scampered down the beach in a hurlyburly of joy, scenting a
thousand intimate landscents as he ran, and describing a jerky and eccentric course as he made short dashes
and goodnatured snaps at the coconut crabs that scuttled across his path to the safety of the water or reared
up and menaced him with formidable claws and a spluttering and foaming of the shelllids of their mouths.
The beach was only so long. The end of it reached where rose the rugged wall of a headland, and while the
Commissioner introduced Captain Kellar to Mr. and Mrs. Kennan, Michael came tearing back across the
wethard sand. So interested was he in everything that he failed to notice the small rearend portion of Jerry
that was visible above the level surface of the beach. Jerry's ears had given him warning, and, the precise
instant that he backed hurriedly up and out of the hole, Michael collided with him. As Jerry was rolled, and as
Michael fell clear over him, both erupted into ferocious snarls and growls. They regained their legs, bristled
and showed teeth at each other, and stalked stiffleggedly, in a stately and dignified sort of way, as they drew
intimidating semicircles about each other.
But they were fooling all the while, and were more than a trifle embarrassed. For in each of their brains were
bright identification pictures of the plantation house and compound and beach of Meringe. They knew, but
they were reticent of recognition. No longer puppies, vaguely proud of the sedateness of maturity, they strove
to be proud and sedate while all their impulse was to rush together in a frantic ecstasy.
Michael it was, less travelled in the world than Jerry, by nature not so selfcontrolled, who threw the
playacting of dignity to the wind, and, with shrill whinings of emotion, with bodywrigglings of delight,
flashed out his tongue of love and shouldered his brother roughly in eagerness to get near to him.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 102
Page No 105
Jerry responded as eagerly with kiss of tongue and contact of shoulder; then both, springing apart, looked at
each other, alert and querying, almost in half challenge, Jerry's ears pricked into living interrogations,
Michael's one good ear similarly questioning, his withered ear retaining its permanent queer and crinkly cock
in the tip of it. As one, they sprang away in a wild scurry down the beach, side by side, laughing to each other
and occasionally striking their shoulders together as they ran.
"No doubt of it," said the Commissioner. "The very way their father and mother run. I have watched them
often."
But, after ten days of comradeship, came the parting. It was Michael's first visit on the Ariel, and he and Jerry
had spent a frolicking halfhour on her white deck amid the sound and commotion of hoisting in boats,
making sail, and heaving out anchor. As the Ariel began to move through the water and heeled to the filling
of her canvas by the brisk tradewind, the Commissioner and Captain Kellar shook last farewells and
scrambled down the gangplank to their waiting whaleboats. At the last moment Captain Kellar had caught
Michael up, tucked him under an arm, and with him dropped into the, sternsheets of his whaleboat.
Painters were cast off, and in the sternsheets of each boat solitary white men were standing up, heads bared in
graciousness of conduct to the furnacestab of the tropic sun, as they waved additional and final farewells.
And Michael, swept by the contagion of excitement, barked and barked again, as if it were a festival of the
gods being celebrated.
"Say goodbye to your brother, Jerry," Villa Kennan prompted in Jerry's ear, as she held him, his quivering
flanks between her two palms, on the rail where she had lifted him.
And Jerry, not understanding her speech, torn about with conflicting desires, acknowledged her speech with
wriggling body, a quick back toss of head, and a red flash of kissing tongue, and, the next moment, his head
over the rail and lowered to see the swiftly diminishing Michael, was mouthing grief and woe very much akin
to the grief and woe his mother, Biddy, had mouthed in the long ago, on the beach of Meringe, when he had
sailed away with Skipper.
For Jerry had learned partings, and beyond all peradventure this was a parting, though little he dreamed that
he would again meet Michael across the years and across the world, in a fabled valley of far California, where
they would live out their days in the hearts and arms of the beloved gods.
Michael, his forefeet on the gunwale, barked to him in a puzzled, questioning sort of way, and Jerry
whimpered back incommunicable understanding. The ladygod pressed his two flanks together reassuringly,
and he turned to her, his cool nose touched questioningly to her cheek. She gathered his body close against
her breast in one encircling arm, her free hand resting on the rail, halfclosed, a pinkandwhite heart of
flower, fragrant and seducing. Jerry's nose quested the way of it. The aperture invited. With snuggling,
budging, and nudgingmovements he spread the fingers slightly wider as his nose penetrated into the sheer
delight and loveliness of her hand.
He came to rest, his golden muzzle softenfolded to the eyes, and was very still, all forgetful of the Ariel
showing her copper to the sun under the press of the wind, all forgetful of Michael growing small in the
distance as the whaleboat grew small astern. No less still was Villa. Both were playing the game, although to
her it was new.
As long as he could possibly contain himself, Jerry maintained his stiffness. And then, his love bursting
beyond the control of him, he gave a sniffas prodigious a one as he had sniffed into the tunnel of Skipper's
hand in the long ago on the deck of the Arangi. And, as Skipper had relaxed into the laughter of love, so did
the ladygod now. She gurgled gleefully. Her fingers tightened, in a caress that almost hurt, on Jerry's
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 103
Page No 106
muzzle. Her other hand and arm crushed him against her till he gasped. Yet all the while his stump of tail
valiantly bobbed back and forth, and, when released from such blissful contact, his silky ears flattened back
and down as, with first a scarlet slash of tongue to cheek, he seized her hand between his teeth and dented the
soft skin with a love bite that did not hurt.
And so, for Jerry, vanished Tulagi, its Commissioner's bungalow on top of the hill, its vessels riding to
anchor in the harbour, and Michael, his full bloodbrother. He had grown accustomed to such vanishments.
In such way had vanished as in the mirage of a dream, Meringe, Somo, and the Arangi. In such way had
vanished all the worlds and harbours and roadsteads and atoll lagoons where the Ariel had had lifted her laid
anchor and gone on across and over the erasing searim.
Jerry of the Islands
Jerry of the Islands 104
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. Jerry of the Islands, page = 4